Pioneer DEH-P8100R Manual
Multi-CD/MD/DAB co ntrol High power C D player with RDS tuner Manual DEH-P8100R
î &RQWH QWV Installa tion ....... ........... ...... ........... .......... 4 Instal lati on with the R ubber B ush ... ...... ... ...... ... . 4 Removin g the Uni t ....... ... ... ... .. ... ... ... ... ... ... ...... ... . 5 Installin g the Steer ing Remote Control Unit ............. ............ ..... .......... 6 Instal li ng the Unit on a Lef t- Hand- Driv e Ca r .... 7 Connectin g the Units ....... ........... ...... .... 8 Connectio n Diagram .............. ........... .. 10 RFP Alert Inst allation . ...... ........... ....... 12 Descrip tion .... ...... ... ...... ... ...... .. ...... ...... ... ...... ... .. 12 Door Switc hes ..... ... ...... ...... ... ..... ... ...... ... ...... ..... 12 DOOR SWITCH (White/yellow) .... ...... ...... ..... 13 ⢠Ground ing Ty pe Switc h ⢠Posit ive (Non -ground ing) Ty pe Switch ⢠Installing New Pin Swi tches Key Finder ....... ...... ..... ...... ...... ..... ...... .. 15 â¢H e a d U n i t ⢠Stee ri ng Re mot e Co nt rolle r Before Using This Produ ct ......... ...... .. 16 About This P roduct . .......... .............. ............ ...... 16 About Th is Manu al ...... ...... ... ..... ... ...... ...... ... ..... 16 Resetti ng th e Micr oproce ssor ....... ... ...... ... ...... .. 16 About th e Demo Mode ...... ..... ... ...... ... ...... ... ..... 17 ⢠R everse D emo ⢠Feature Dem o When usi ng the DAB (D igi t al Audi o Broadca sting) Tuner ....... ... ..... ... ...... ...... ... ..... 18 ⢠About This Produ ctâÂÂs Indic ations ⢠Opera t ion Precau tion ..... ... ...... ...... ... ...... .. ...... ... ...... ... ...... .. 21 In C ase of Troubl e ...... ......... .............. ............ ... 21 Remote Controlle r and Care ............ .. 22 Using t he Steer ing R emote Co ntrol ler ...... ...... .. 22 ⢠Changing the DSP/MAIN UNIT Swi tc h Se tt ing ⢠Bat tery Basic Opera tion ............... ........... ...... .. 24 To List en to Mu sic ....... ...... ... ..... ... ...... ... ...... ..... 24 Basic Op eratio n of Tuner ....... ...... ... ...... ...... ... .. 25 ⢠Man ua l an d S eek Tun i ng ⢠Prese t Tu ning â¢B a n d Basic Opera tion of B uilt- in C D Play er .... ...... .. 26 ⢠Swi tchi ng the D i spla y ⢠Eje ct ⢠Swi tchi ng the D i spla y (only for CD TE XT Disc s) ⢠Track Se arc h an d Fast Forward/ Re verse ⢠Disc Lo ad ing Slot ⢠Open Basic Opera tion of Mult i-CD Pla yer ..... ... ...... .. 28 ⢠Swi tchi ng the D i spla y ⢠Track Se arc h an d Fast Forward/ Re verse ⢠Dis c Se arch ⢠Switchi ng the Di sp la y (Whe n pl ay ing a CD TE XT di s c on a CD TEX T comp atib le Mult i- CD pl ayer ) ⢠Dis c Nu mber S ear ch (for 6-Disc, 12-Di sc t ype s) ⢠Disc Numbe r Rou gh Search ⢠(for 5 0-Disc type o nly) Corresp ondin g Display Indi cation s and B uttons ......... ..... ...... ... ...... ... ...... ... ...... ... .. 30 Enter ing t he Functi on Menu ......... ...... ... ...... ... .. 3 1 Functi on Menu Funct ions ...... ...... ... ...... ...... ... .. 3 2 Enter ing t he Detai led Setting Menu ...... ... ...... .. 34 Detai led Set ting Men u Fun ctions ....... ... ...... ..... 3 5 T uner Operati on ......... ............ ........... .. 36 ⢠Local Seek Tun ing (LOCAL) ⢠Best Sta tion s Memory (Be st Sta tions Memory) Using RDS F unctions ...... ...... ........... .. 37 What i s RDS? ..... ... ..... ... ...... ...... ... ...... ... ...... ... .. 37 Progra m Servic e Name Displa y ...... ...... ... ...... .. 37 AF Funct ion ( Alterna tiveF requenc y) ....... ...... .. 38 ⢠Activa ti ng/ Dea ctiva ti ng th e AF Function PI Seek Functi on ........ ...... ... ...... ...... ... ...... ... ..... 39 ⢠PI Seek ⢠Auto PI See k (fo r preset stat io n) Region al Func tion (R egion al) ......... ... ...... ... ..... 39 ⢠Acti va ti ng th e Regi ona l Funct i on Traff ic A nnounc ement Stan dby Fu nction (Traff ic Annou ncemen t) ......... ...... ... ...... ... ..... 40 ⢠Acti va ti ng/ Deac ti va ti ng th e TA Func tion ⢠C ance ling T raf fic Ann ounce men ts ⢠Adju s ti ng the TA Volume ⢠TP Alarm Function PTY Funct ion ..... ...... .. ...... ... ...... ... ...... ... ...... ..... 42 ⢠Searchi ng t he PT Y ⢠News Pr ogram I nterrupt ion Set ting (Ne ws) ⢠PTY Alar m ⢠Can ce ling Ann ouncem en ts ⢠PTY List
î Using the Built-in CD Pla yer .............. 45 ⢠Repeat Pla y (Pl ay Mo de ) ⢠Rand om Pla y (Ra ndo mPla y) ⢠Scan Play (Sca n Pla y) ⢠Pau se ( Paus e) ⢠Sel ecti ng T rack s by Tra ck Ti tle List (Track List) ⢠Dis c Ti t le Input (T it le Input ABC ) Using M ulti-CD Playe rs ............ ..... ...... 48 ⢠Repeat Pla y (Pl ay Mo de ) ⢠Random Play (Ra ndom Play) ⢠Scan Play (Sca n Pla y) ⢠Pau se ( Paus e) Comp re ssion and DB E (Com pre ssio n) ...... ... ... 50 ⢠Comp./DBE ON/OFF Swi tching ITS (In stan t Track Sele ctio n) .... ...... ... ...... ... ..... 51 ⢠ITS Progr am m in g (IT S Mem or y) ⢠ITS Play (IT S Pla y) ⢠Erase a T rack Prog ram ⢠Erase a Disc Program Disc T itle ......... ...... ... ...... ... ...... ..... ... ...... ... ...... .. 52 ⢠Dis c Ti t le Input (T it le Input ABC ) ⢠Selec ting Di scs by Disc Title List (Disc List) ⢠Sel ecti ng T rack s by Tra ck Ti tle List (Track List) Audio Adju stment ........ ............ ........... 55 Selec ting t he Equal izer Curve ...... ...... ... ...... ... .. 5 5 Enter ing the Audi o Menu ........ ..... ... ...... ... ...... .. 55 Audio Men u Func tions ......... ... ..... ... ...... ... ...... .. 56 ⢠Balance Adjustme nt (FAD/BAL) ⢠Equa li z er Curve A dju stme nt (Equ al iz E r) ⢠Equali zer Curve Fine Adjustm ent (E qual iz E r) ⢠Loudne ss Adj ust m ent (L oud n E ss) ⢠Subwoof er Out pu t (Sub W-1) ⢠Subwoof er Sett in g Adjustm ent (Su b W -2) ⢠Non-Fa ding Output ( Non Fad E -1) ⢠Non-Fa ding Output L evel Adjust ment ( Non Fad E - 2) ⢠High Pass Fil ter (High Pass) ⢠Front Ima ge Enh ancer Fu nction (FIE) ⢠Source Leve l Adj ust ment (SL A) Functi on Detachin g and Rep lacing th e Front Pan el ........... ........... ...... ........... 64 Theft Prote ction ........ ...... ... ...... .. ...... ... ...... ...... .. 64 ⢠Detach in g the Front Pan el ⢠Repl ac i ng th e Front Pa nel ⢠War ning To ne Initia l Setting ........... ..... ............ ........... 65 Enter ing t he Init ial Se ttin g Menu .... ...... ... ...... .. 65 Init ial Setting Menu Fu ncti ons ........ ... ...... ...... .. 66 ⢠C han gin g th e FM Tuni ng St ep (FM tunin g ste p) ⢠Setti ng t h e DAB Prio rity Fun ction (DAB Priority ) ⢠Switching th e Auto PI Seek (Auto PI Seek) ⢠Setti ng t h e Wa rni ng T one (W arn ing To ne) ⢠Switc hing the AUX Mode (AUX) ⢠Sw itc hi ng t he R ea r Sp eaker Ou tpu t (Rear Speake r Out ) ⢠Setti ng the Subwoo fer C ontrol (Sub wo ofer control) ⢠Se ttin g th e Dimme r ( Dimmer ) ⢠Se le c t ing th e Il lu mi na ti on Co lo r (Illumi nation Co lor) ⢠Selec ting the W all Paper (Wall Paper) ⢠Selec ting the B right ness (B right ness) RFP Alert F unction ...... ............ ........... 71 Acti vating t he R FP Alert Feat ure ......... ... ...... .. 71 Sett ing En try De lay T ime ......... ...... ... ...... ... ..... 71 Acti vating In ternal Speaker ON/OFF ......... ..... 72 ⢠Spea ker Volume Out put Ad justme nt Sele cting Door Swi tchi ng Systems ....... ... ...... .. 73 ⢠Door Sy stem C onfirma tion Opera tion o f âÂÂRFP Al ertâ ......... ... ...... ... ...... ... .. 74 Arming Aler t ...... ... ... ... .. ... ...... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... .. 74 Disarmi ng Aler t ....... ..... ... ...... ...... ... ...... ... ...... .. 74 Entr y Det ect io n ........ ... .. ... ...... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... .. 75 Other Func tion s ................. ...... ........... 76 Switc hing the Ent ertai nment Di splay ...... ...... .. 76 Using the PGM But to n (Program Fun ction) .... 76 ⢠Setti ng the PGM B utton ⢠Using the PGM Butt on Using the AUX Source .... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... .. 78 ⢠Selec ting the A UX So urce ⢠AUX Title Input Cellu lar Te lepho ne Muti ng ....... ...... ...... ... ...... .. 78 CD Playe r and Care ............ ........... ...... 79 Precau t ion . ... ... ... ... ... ..... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... .. 79 Built-i n CD Pla yerâÂÂs Er ror Me ssag e ....... ... ... ... 80 Speci fications .... ........... ............ ........... 81
î 1RWHî â¢ Befo re fina ll y insta ll ing the uni t, co nne ct the wiri ng temp o raril y, maki ng sure it is al l co nnect ed up prope rly, a nd the unit and t he system work properly . ⢠Use onl y the parts in clude d with the un it to en sure prope r insta llatio n. The use of un autho rize d parts can ca use m al fun ctio ns. ⢠Consu lt with your nea rest dea ler if insta llatio n requires the drilli ng of holes or oth er modifi cations of the ve hi cl e. ⢠Ins ta ll the unit wh e re it do es not get in the dr iv erâÂÂs wa y an d cann ot inju re th e passe nge r if ther e is a sudd en s to p, lik e a n eme r genc y sto p. ⢠The sem ico nductor l aser wi ll be d amaged if it overh eats, so d onâÂÂt i nstall t he unit anyw here hot â for inst ance, n ear a he at er out le t. ⢠If inst al la ti on angl e e xc eeds 60ð from horiz ont al, the uni t might no t give i ts opt im u m perfo rman ce . Ins tallatio n wi th th e Rubb er Bush Hold er Afte r inse rtin g the holde r into th e das hboard , then sele ct the approp riate tab s accordi ng to the thickn ess of the dashboa rd mate rial a nd b end the m. (In stall as f irmly possible using the top and bottom ta bs. To s e cur e, ben d th e tabs 90 de gree s.) Screw Rubb er b ush Dashbo ard ,QVWDOODWL RQ
î Remo ving t he Un it Pull ou t to remove th e fram e. (Whe n re atta ch in g the fra me, po in t the s id e with a groov e downwa rds an d atta ch it.) Frame Inser t the s uppl ied e xtrac tion keys into the u nit, as shown in t he figu re, unt il they cli ck into place. Keepi ng t he keys presse d aga i nst th e sides of th e un it, pu ll the uni t out.
î ,QVWDOOLQJîÂÂW KHîÂÂ6 W HHUL QJîÂÂ5H P RWH îÂÂ&RQWU ROîÂÂ8QLW î W ARNING ⢠Av oid inst al ling this un it in suc h a l ocat ion wh er e th e op erati o n of safe ty de vice s s u ch as ai rba gs is prev en te d by this uni t. Oth erw is e , t h er e is a dang er of a fat al acci de nt. ⢠Av oid i nstal ling this u nit in such a l ocat ion wh ere t he op erat ion of the ste ering whee l an d the gea rshi ft leve r ma y be p rev ente d. Oth erw ise, it may resu lt in a t r affic ac cide nt. î CAUTION ⢠Insta llat io n of this uni t require s spec iali z ed ski ll s and experi e nce . Insta llat i on of this un it should be ent rust ed t o a de al er from whom you purc ha sed thi s un it . ⢠Insta ll this uni t using onl y th e parts supp l ie d wit h th is unit. If ot her parts are used, this un it ma y be damag e d or co ul d di smo unt itsel f, w hic h le ads to an a ccident or tr ouble. ⢠Insta ll this uni t as require d by this m an u al . Fail ure to do so may ca use an a cc id en t. ⢠Do no t instal l this unit near the doors whe re rai nwater is l ikely to be spille d on the unit. Inc ursion o f wa ter into the un it ma y c au se s moke or fire . î W ARNING ⢠Fix th is uni t s e curel y to the stee ring w he el w it h th e belt atta ched to th e uni t. If this uni t is loos e , it distu rbs dri vi ng stabi li ty , wh ic h may re sul t in a traffic a cc id ent. ⢠Do not atta ch this un it to the ou ter c ircumfe rence of t he steer ing whe el. Oth erwise, i t disturbs dr iving stab ility, causi ng a traf fic a ccid ent. Alwa ys atta ch thi s unit to th e inne r cir cumfere nce o f the steeri ng wh ee l a s sho w n. 1RWHî â¢ Do not in s ta ll th is uni t in such a plac e as m ay obs tr uct th e dri ve r's vie w. ⢠Sinc e in teri or la you t diffe rs dep endi ng on t he type of ve hicl e, the ide a l insta ll at io n loc ation for the unit als o dif fer s. W hen ins t al ling the uni t, sele ct a l oca tion that a ssu res op tim u m tra nsm is s i on of signa ls fro m the unit to t h e car stere o.
î Inst alling the Unit o n a Left -Hand- Drive Car 1RWHî â¢ Whe n th e unit is instal led on a righ t-h and-dr ive ca r, the hori zo ntal po sit io n s are inv erte d. Inne r hol de r Belt îÂÂî 6HFXUHîÂÂLQQHUîÂÂKR OG H UîÂÂWRîÂÂWKH îÂÂLQQHUî FLU FXP IHUHQFHîÂÂRIîÂÂWKHîÂÂV WHHUL QJîÂÂZKHHOî ZLWKîÂÂEHOWîÂÂî â¢ Fit the inn er holder to the steerin g wheel so that the arrow-mark ed side faces the driver as shown bel o w. îÂÂî &XWîÂÂWKHîÂÂH[WUDîÂÂSRUWLR QîÂÂR IîÂÂWKHîÂÂEHOWîÂÂDWî WKHîÂÂFHQW HUîÂÂRIîÂÂWK H îÂÂLQQHUîÂÂKR OGHU î â¢ Keep the cut - off p ortion o f th e belt as a spare. Oute r holde r Screw îÂÂî ,QVWDOOîÂÂRXWH UîÂÂKR OGHUîÂÂR QîÂÂWKHîÂÂLQQH Uî KROGH UîÂÂDQGîÂÂVHFX UHîÂÂZLWKîÂÂVFU HZVî â¢ Tigh ten the screws with the sup plied hexago nal wr en ch. Rel ea se Sect ion îÂÂî ,QVWDOOîÂÂWKHîÂÂUHPR WHîÂÂFRQWUROîÂÂXQLWîÂÂLQîÂÂWKH î KROGH U îÂÂî â¢ When remo vin g the re mote c ontro l u nit fr om the hold er, m ove th e co rrugate d release se ct ion toward t he steerin g wheel and slide the remo te control unit tow a r d yo u.
î &RQQH FWLQJî WKHîÂÂ8QLWV 1RWHî â¢ This unit is for vehi cl e s with a 12-v olt batt ery and negative grou nding . Before in stall in g it in a recr eat iona l vehi cle, truck, or bus, check th e ba ttery vol tage . ⢠To av oi d short s in the e le ct ri ca l syst em , be sure to disco nnec t th e batt er y cabl e be fore be gin ning ins ta l lati on. ⢠Refe r to the owne râÂÂs manu al for de ta ils on co nne cting th e power a mp and oth er unit s, th en make conn ection s corre ctly. ⢠Secu re the wiring wi th c able clam ps or ad hesive ta pe . To prote ct the wiring, wra p adhesi ve ta pe arou nd them whe re they li e agai nst me tal pa rt s. ⢠Ro ute and se cu re a ll wir ing so i t ca nnot t ouc h an y movi ng pa rts , suc h as the gear shift , hand bra ke, and se at rails. Do not route wir ing in plac es that ge t hot, such as near the heater ou tlet . If the insulat ion of the wiri ng m elt s or get s torn , th ere is a dang er of the wiring sho rt-ci rcuit in g to t he vehi cl e body. ⢠Do nâÂÂt pass the ye llow l ead th rough a ho le into the engi ne com part ment to conn ect to th e batt ery. Thi s will dam age the le ad insulatio n and ca use a very dan ge rous short. ⢠Do not sho rten a ny lea ds. If yo u do, the prote ct ion ci rcu it may fa il to work when it shoul d. ⢠Neve r fee d po wer to oth er equipm ent by cut ti ng the insula tion of t he po wer suppl y le ad of the uni t and t ap p in g into t he l ead. The cu rrent c apac it y of th e lea d will be exc e eded, ca usi ng overh eati ng . ⢠Whe n re pl ac ing fuse , be sure to use on ly fuse of t he rating presc r i bed on the fuse holde r. ⢠Sinc e a uniq ue BP TL ci rc uit is em p loyed , ne ve r wire so the spea ke r lead s are dire c tly grou nde d or the left and ri ght spea ker le ads are c omm on. ⢠The bl ack le ad is gr ound. Ple ase groun d this l ead sepa rately from the ground of hig h-current produc ts such as powe r amps. If you ground the produc ts togeth er an d the ground beco mes det ached , there is a risk of damage to t he produ cts o r fire. ⢠I f th e RC A p in j ac k on the un it w ill n ot be us ed, do n ot remove t he caps at tach ed t o th e end of the conn ecto r. ⢠Spea ke rs con ne cted to th is uni t m ust be high-powe r typ es with min im um ra ting of 45 W a nd im pedan ce o f 4 to 8 ohms . Co nnec ting spea ker s with outpu t and /o r imp edan ce v alue s othe r tha n tho se note d he re may resu lt in th e spe akers cat ch ing fire, em it ting smoke , or bec om i ng dam ag ed .
î â¢ When this produc tâÂÂs sou rce is switch ed ON, a c ontrol si gnal is out put thro ugh t he b lue/whi te lead. Conne c t to an ex te rna l power ampâÂÂs system remote control or th e carâÂÂs Aut o-a nten na relay cont rol termi nal (max . 300 m A 12 V DC). If th e car fea tures a gla ss ant enna, co nnect to the ant enna boost er power sup ply te rm ina l. ⢠Whe n an external power am p i s bei ng use d wit h this syst em , be sure not to co nnec t th e bl ue/whi t e lea d to the amp âÂÂs power termin al. Li kewise , do not conne ct the blue/wh ite le ad to the p ower term inal of the aut o-a nt enn a. Suc h co nnect io n could cause e xc essiv e current drain a nd m al fun ctio n. ⢠To av oid short-ci rc u i ti ng, cov er the disc onn ecte d le a d with insu la ting t ap e. Espe ciall y, insul a te the unus ed spea ke r lead s wi th out fai l. Th ere is a po ssibi lity of sh ort -circ u i ti ng if the leads a re no t insula te d. ⢠To preve nt inco rrect con ne ction, t he i npu t side of th e IP-BUS con nect or is bl ue, an d the out put side is black. Conne ct the con ne ct ors of t he same co lors corre c tl y. ⢠If this un it is instal led in a ve hic le th at do e s no t ha ve an ACC (ac c essory) posi tion on the ign it ion switch, the red lea d of th e unit shoul d be conn ec te d to a te rm in al cou pled with igni ti on switch ON/ OFF operations. If th is is not don e, the vehicle ba tt ery may be draine d when you are awa y from th e vehicl e for seve ra l hou rs. ACC position No ACC position ⢠Cords for th is produc t a nd those for oth er produ ct s may be diff erent col ors e ven if they ha ve the sam e functi on . Whe n con nect ing thi s prod uct to anothe r pro duct, refer t o the suppli ed Installati on ma nuals of bo th p roducts a nd c onnect cord s that have t he sam e funct ion.
îÂÂî &RQQH FWLR QîÂÂ'LDJUDP IP-BUS c able Conne ct lead s of the same co lo r to eac h oth er. Cap (1* ) Whe n not usi ng this termin al, do no t re move the cap. Ye ll ow (3 *) Back -up (or accessory) Yellow (2* ) To terminal always suppli ed with power regardless of ignition swit ch position. Red ( 5* ) Accessory (or bac k- up) Red (4* ) To electric terminal controlled by ignition switch (12 V DC) ON/OF F. Black (g roun d) To ve hic le (m et al) bod y. Orange To l ighti ng swi tch te rmin al. Fuse holder Thi s P roduct IP-Bus inp ut (Blu e) An te nna ja ck 1RWHî Depending on the kind of vehicle, the function of 3* and 5* may b e different. In this case, be sure to connect 2* to 5* and 4* to 3*. Mult i-C D play er (sold sepa ra te ly) Fuse resistor Fuse resistor Whit e/ye ll ow See the section âÂÂRFP Alert Ins ta ll atio nâ . Yellow/bl ack If you u se a c ellu lar tel ephone , co nnect i t via the Aud io Mu te l ead on t he c ell ular tele ph one. If not, ke ep the Audio M ut e lead free of a ny conn ecti ons. ISO conne ct or 1RWHî In some vehicles, the ISO connector may be divided into two. If this is the case, be sure to connect to both connectors.
îÂÂî 1RWHî When a subwoofer is connected to this unit instead of a rear right speaker, do n ot connect the rear left speaker lead to any thing. For details, refer to the Initial S etting in this Manua l. Perform thes e con nection s when u sing a d ifferen t amp (sold sep arate ly). Blue/wh ite To sy ste m co ntro l term ina l of the po wer am p (max . 300 mA 1 2 V DC ). Power a mp (sold separ at ely) Blue /whit e (7 )* To Auto-a nt enna rel ay con trol te rmin al (m ax. 300 mA 12 V DC). Conne ct ing co rds wi th R CA p in plugs (sold sep arate ly) System rem ote con trol Subwo ofe r Subwoofe r This prod uc t confo rms to new cord colors. Sp ea ker le ad s Wh ite :Fron t le ft Wh ite/ bl ack :Fron t le ft Gray :Front ri ght Gr ay /bla ck :Fron t right G reen :Rear lef t or Not Used Gr een/bl ack :Rear lef t or Not Used Viol et :Rear righ t or Subwoo fer Violet /black :R ea r r ig ht or Subwoo fer Subwoofe r Out put or Non Fading Out pu t Power am p (sold sepa rat el y) Front spe ak er Front spea ke r Blue/wh ite (6*) The pin position of the ISO conne ctor will dif fer dependi ng on the t ype of vehic l e. Connec t 6* and 7* when Pi n 5 is an anten na contr ol t ype. In ano ther ty pe of vehi cl e, ne ver con nect 6* and 7*. Front out put
îÂÂî 5) 3îÂÂ$OH UWîÂÂ,QVWDOOD WLRQ Affix the inclu ded deter rent stickers t o the ins ide o f th e fro nt door wind ows . Description î White/ye llow (DO OR SWITC H) This lea d is used to trigg er RFP Alert when a ny door is opened and may b e co nnected to eith er positive or ne gati ve ( /â ) type door p in switc hes. Door Sw itches The RFP AlertâÂÂs do or trigger inp ut is designed to work with either po sitive or nega tive door pin switches. After hookup, simply set door system type from RFP Alert Setting Menu. Domelig ht Delay-RF P Alert will wait fo r last door t o close and courtesy lig ht to turn off before Exit Dela y Tim er Starts. î CAUTION ⢠Because of the com plexity of today â s techni cally ad vanced vehicl e wiring syst ems, we recommend that your RFP Alert be installed ONLY b y a professional Pione er installer.
îÂÂî DOOR SW ITCH (Whi te/ye llow) î Grounding T ype Switch: Most European, Japan ese, GM and Chrysler vehicles. 1RWHî â¢ Set RFP Ale rt to recog nize grou nd trig ger from RFP Al ert Se tting Men u. Set Door System to âÂÂDoor System: Negati ve, C urrent m ode : Closeâ . This Produc t Whit e/y ello w Do m e li ght Fuse holder Factory Door Switche s
îÂÂî î Positive (Non-grounding) T ype Switch: Jagu ar, Mercedes, Fo rd 1RWHî â¢ Se t RF P Aler t to rec ogn ize po sit ive tri gg er fro m RF P Al e r t S e tting Men u. Se t D oo r Sy s te m to âÂÂDoo r Syste m: Positi ve, Curre nt m ode: Clo s eâ . î Installing New Pin Switches Sep aratel y sold pin switc hes are avail abl e that can be used to protec t your vehicleâ s trunk , hood, etc. Whe n yo u pur chase the se, m ake s ure t hat you f irst conf irm t hat they can be us ed wit h yo ur veh i cl eâÂÂs door sy stem typ e . Follow the ma kers i nstruction s as to insta llation a nd wi ring. This Produc t Whit e/y ello w Do m e li ght Fuse holder Factory Doo r Switch 5) 3îÂÂ$ OH UW îÂÂ,QVWDOOD WLRQ
îÂÂî .H\î )LQ GHU î Head Unit î Steering Remote Controller A steering remot e cont roller tha t ena bles remote o peratio n of the he ad unit is su pplied . Operatio n is th e same as when usi ng butto ns on the head unit. SOURCE/OFF button PTY button butto ns Butt ons 1â 6 AUDIO button FUNCTION button EQ sele ctor DISPLAY button TA but to n PGM button BAND b utton ENTE RTA IN ME NT bu tt on /â butt on RESET bu tton EJECT button SOURCE/OFF button butto ns AUDIO button FUNCTION butto n BAND button /â but to n Raise o r lower th e volume. ATT bu tton Thi s lets yo u quickl y lower volume level (by a bout 9 0%). Press on ce mo re t o retur n to the ori gi nal vo lume le vel . butt ons
îÂÂî %H IRUHîÂÂ8V LQJîÂÂ7KLVîÂÂ3 URGXFW About Th is Produ ct The tune r frequenc ies on this produ ct are allo cated for use in W estern Euro pe, Asia, the M iddle East, Africa and Oceania. Us e in ot her areas may resul t in improper rece ption. The RDS funct ion op erates on ly in area s with FM stati ons bro adcast i ng RDS si gn als. About Th is Man ual Th is prod uct feat ur es a num ber o f so phis tic a t ed func t ions ensuri ng su perio r recep tio n and operati on. All ar e desig ned for th e easies t possibl e use, bu t many a re not se lf-exp lanato ry. Th is manual is intend ed to hel p you ben efit fully from their po tenti al and to maxim ize your liste ning enjoym ent. We recomme nd that you familia rize yourse lf with the functio ns and their ope ration by read ing throu gh the m anua l befo re yo u beg in using th is prod uct. It is espe cia lly impo rtant that you rea d and o bserve t he âÂÂP recauti onâ on page 21 and i n ot h er section s. Th is manu al expla i ns head un it oper a tio n. You can pe rfor m t he same op eration s with the steeri ng remote co ntroller. Th e st eering remo te control ler offers the co nve nience of AT T, a fu nct io n no t pr ovid e d o n the he ad uni t. Reset tin g the Micro proce ssor The micropro cessor must be reset under the follo wing cond itio n s: When usi ng this p roduct for the first tim e afte r installa tion. When the ma chine fai ls to opera t e properly. When stran ge (incorrect) mess ages appear on the display . î 7 R î U HVHWî WKHî P LFURSURFHVV RU îÂÂî SUHVVîÂÂWKHî 5( 6( 7î EXWWRQîÂÂRQî WKHî KHDGî XQLWî ZLWKî Dî SH Qî WLSîÂÂRUîÂÂRWK HUîÂÂSRLQWHGîÂÂLQVWUXP HQWî â¢ This prod uct co mpli es wi th the EMC Dire ct ives (89 /336/ EE C, 92/31 /EE C) an d CE Mar king Dire ctiv e (93/6 8/ EE C) .
îÂÂî About t he Demo Mode This pr oduct f e atur es two demon stratio n mo des. One is the Re verse De mo mode , the other i s the F eature Demo m ode. î Rever se Demo If you d o not perform a n operation within about 3 0 seconds, sc reen indicatio ns start to re ve rse , and then conti nue re versin g eve ry 10 second s. Pressi ng but ton 5 when power t o this prod uct is switched OFF while the ign ition switch is set to ACC or ON cancels the Rev erse Demo mode . Pressi ng butto n 5 again t o start the Rev erse Mode . î Feature Demo The Fe ature Dem o auto m atically sta rts whe n po wer to th is p rod uc t is switche d OFF wh ile the igni tio n switch is se t to ACC o r ON. Pr essing butt on 6 duri ng Fe ature De mo ope rati on can cels the F eature Demo mo de. P ressing b utton 6 aga in to star t the F eature M ode. Remember that i f the Featu re Demo con tin ues opera ting whe n t he ca r engine is switched OFF , it may drain bat te ry po wer . 1RWHî â¢ You ca nnot ca ncel a Dem o mod e when th e front pane l is ope n. ⢠The red l ea d (ACC ) of th is pro duct sho uld be conne c te d to a termina l coup le d wit h igni ti on switc h ON/OFF opera tions. If this is not d one, the v ehicle battery may b e drained.
îÂÂî %H IRUHîÂÂ8V LQJîÂÂ7KLVîÂÂ3 URGXFW When u sing t he DAB (Digit al Au dio Broad cast ing) T un er You can u se this prod uct with a separately sold hide-away DAB tuner (GEX-P900DAB, GEX- P900DABII). For details conc erning operation, refer to th e DAB Tu nerâÂÂs Oper ation Manuals. This se ction pro vides in forma tion on DAB oper ations with this p roduc t whi ch di ffers fr om t hat described in the DAB TunerâÂÂs Operation Manual. î About This Productâ s Indications The f ollowing is an expla nation of th is unitâÂÂs indica tions. î Indicati ons that light when Functi on is switc hed ON * If the set An noun cem en t Support is rec e ived, th e icon on the rig ht ligh ts. î DAB Status Indications ,QGLFDWRU )XQFWLRQ NET Service Follow (Service Follow) LANG Lang uag e Filter (L a ngua ge Filte r) WTHR* Are a We athe r Fl ash (Wea ther ) ANNC* Announc e (An nou nce) NEWS* News Fla sh (News) TRFC * Road Tr af fic Fla sh or Tr an sport Flash ,QGLFDWRU 6W D W X V EXT RA T h e curre ntl y re ceiv ed Servic e has a Second ary Serv ice Co m ponent . TEX T Th e cu rrentl y re ceiv ed Servic e ha s a Dyna m ic La be l. DAB When DAB reception is possible. âÂÂLANGâ â NETâ âÂÂEXTRAâÂÂâÂÂTEXTâ âÂÂDABâ âÂÂWTHRâ âÂÂANNCâ âÂÂNEWSâ âÂÂTRFC âÂÂ
îÂÂî î Operati on With thi s prod uct, ope rat ion o f the fo llow ing fo ur func tio ns diff ers. ( Refer ence pa ges are in the Hide-away DAB TunerâÂÂs Ope ration Manual.) ⢠Chan gi ng th e La bel (Refer to page 12. ) ⢠Changing Display Indication s (Refer to page 13.) ⢠Oper at ing Anno unceme nts wi th Fu nct ion Men u (Ref e r to page 19.) ⢠Servic e List Functio n (Newly equip ped for thi s produc t) î Changing the Label Each pre ss of the DISPLAY button c hanges t he displa y in the fol lowing order: Service Componen t Labe l (Servi ce) 3 Dynamic La bel (Tex t) 3 Ensembl e Label (Ensem ble) 3 Ser vic e La bel 1RWHî â¢ With a Se rvice Com p onent tha t ha s no Serv ice C ompon ent La be l or Dyna mi c Label , switchi ng t o Service Comp onent La bel a nd Dyna mic La bel is no t possible . With displa ys other th an Servi ce Lab el, if you do no t perfor m an opera tion withi n 8 seconds or press a bu tton ot her than th e DISPLAY butto n, the di spl ay returns to Serv ic e Lab el Indi ca tors. î Changing Display I ndications This pr oduct d oesnâÂÂt h ave this func tion . î Operat ing Announc em ents wi th the Fun ction Menu When op erating with the îÂÂî î butto n at st ep 2, ind ication s are dis pla yed in th e follo wing ord er : News Fl ash (News) 4 Area Weather Fl ash (Weather) 4 Anno unce (Annou nce ) 1RWHî â¢ The Annou nce m ode (Anno unc e ) unifie s thre e mod es such as W ar nin g/Serv ice, Ev ent Fla s h an d Spe ci al E ven t.
îÂÂî %H IRUHîÂÂ8V LQJîÂÂ7KLVîÂÂ3 URGXFW î Service L ist Functi on This pro duct is a lso equ ipped with th e Servi ce L ist Fun ction in the Functio n Me nu. It is possible t o select th e desire d Serv ice amo ng the memorized Services in the Servic e List. Func tion Menu Fun ction s a ppe ar on the display in the follow ing o rd er: Service List (SRVC. List) 3 Lang uage Filter ( Language Filte r) 3 An noun cem ent Supp ort (Ann ounc em ent S upport) 3 Service F ollow (Service Follow) 3 Servi ce Compo nen t (Primary/Secondary) 3 Dynami c L abel ( DAB Text) îÂÂî 3UHVVîÂÂWKHîÂÂ)81&7,21îÂÂEXWWR QîÂÂDQGîÂÂV HOHFWîÂÂWKHîÂÂ6HUYLFH îÂÂ/L VWîÂÂP R GHîÂÂîÂÂ65 9&îÂÂîÂÂ/LVWîÂÂîÂÂLQî WKHîÂÂ)XQFWLRQ îÂÂ0HQXî 1RWHî â¢ Yo u ca n als o s el ect a nd re call th e des ire d Ser vi ce dire c tly w it h th e 1 to 6 b utt ons. îÂÂî 6HOHFWîÂÂWKH îÂÂGHVLUHGîÂÂ6HUYLFH îÂÂZLWKî WK H î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂEXWWRQ Vî îÂÂî 5HFDOOîÂÂWKHîÂÂVH OHFWH GîÂÂ6HUYLFH îÂÂZLWKî WK H î î îÂÂEXWWRQîÂÂ
îÂÂî Prec aution ⢠A âÂÂCLASS 1 LASER PRODUCTâ label is affixed to the bottom of the play er. ⢠The Pioneer CarStereo-Pass is fo r use only in Germany. ⢠Keep this man ual hand y as a reference for o perat i ng pro ced ures and pre cautio ns. ⢠Alway s keep the vo lume low enough for ou tsid e sound s to be au dibl e. ⢠Protect the produ ct from moi stu re. ⢠If the b at te ry i s disc o nnecte d , th e pr ese t m e mory will be e ra sed and m u st be re p rog ra mme d. In Ca se of T r ouble Sho uld th is pr odu ct fa il t o ope rate p rope rly, cont act you r de aler or nea rest auth orize d Pi oneer Servic e Statio n.
îÂÂî 5H P RWH îÂÂ&RQWU ROOH UîÂÂDQGîÂÂ&D UH Using the Stee ring Remot e Cont roll er 3UHFDXWLRQî â¢ Do not o pe rate this unit wh ile m anipul ati ng the st eerin g wh eel as it mig ht resu lt in a tr affic acc ident . ⢠If you ha ve to operate this uni t una void ably whe n dri ving, lo ok ahea d careful ly to av oi d the risk of bei ng in volve d in a traffi c a ccid ent . ⢠If any of the foll owi ng trou bles occ ur, im m edia t ely stop us ing this uni t and con sult wit h the de ale r from whom you purcha sed i t: â t he unit is s mo king. â the unit is em i tt ing abn orma l odo r. â a fore ig n ob je ct h as ente red th e un i t. â liquid ha s been spill ed on or int o th e un it. If you co ntinu e t o us e th is unit with out fin din g a rem edy , the unit ma y be dama ged ba dly , resulti ng in a ser iou s accide nt or fire. ⢠Do not l eave thi s unit free (un atta ch ed) insi de the ca r. W he n th e c ar sto ps or turns a c urve, the u ni t might drop on the fl oor. If the u nit roll s under t he brake peda l, it mi ght preve nt th e driv er from braking well, cau sin g serious tr oub le. Be sure to fi x thi s uni t to the steeri ng whe el. ⢠Do not di sasse m ble or modi fy t his un it. To do so m ay ca use a faul t. î Changing the DSP /MAIN UNIT Sw itch Setting When this p roduct is conne cted to a DSP, the switc h under the bac k lid must be chang ed to the DSP position, use a tapered bar such as a ball-poi nt pe n. If you do not connect a DSP to this pr od uct, do not cha nge to the DSP posi tion. 3UHFDXWLRQî â¢ If you do not set the switch und er the bac k lid as the abov e, correc t opera tions will no t be possible by the remo t e c ont rol ler.
îÂÂî î Batter y î Install the L ithium B attery î 5HP RYH îÂÂWKH îÂÂFRYHUîÂÂRQîÂÂWKHîÂÂEDFNîÂÂR IîÂÂWKHîÂÂVWHHULQJîÂÂUHPR WHîÂÂFRQWUROOHUîÂÂDQGîÂÂLQVHUWîÂÂWKHî EDWWHU\îÂÂZLWKîÂÂWKHîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂD QGîÂÂîÂÂñîÂÂîÂÂSROHVîÂÂSR LQWLQJîÂÂLQîÂÂWKHîÂÂS U RSHUîÂÂGLUHFWLRQ î ò î Replacin g the Lith ium Battery î 5HP RYH îÂÂWKH îÂÂOLWKLXP îÂÂEDWWHU\ î ò 3UHFDXWLRQî â¢ Rep la ce th e ba tt er y with a CR20 3 2 li thiu m ba ttery. ⢠Repl ac e the bat te ry i n the uni t usi ng a non m et al lic tapered in strum ent . î W ARNING: ⢠Keep the lith ium batte ry out of reach of child ren. Shou ld the batt ery be swallowed , immedi ately co nsult a do ct or. î CAUTION: ⢠Do not re charge, disassemb le, heat or disp ose o f batt ery in a fir e. ⢠Use a CR20 32 (3 V) lit hium ba ttery on ly. Neve r use other ty pes of battery with thi s unit . ⢠Do not handle the ba ttery with meta llic too ls. ⢠Do not store th e lithiu m batte ry with metallic mate rials. ⢠Dispose o f the use d lith ium batte ry, in complia nce with appli cable la ws and regu lati ons. ⢠Always check carefully that yo u are loading the battery with it s ( ) and (âÂÂ) poles facing in the pro per directions.
îÂÂî %DV LFîÂÂ2SH UDWL RQ T o Li st en to Music The f ollowing ex plains th e in itial opera tions required b efore y ou can listen t o music. 1RWHî â¢ Loadi ng a disc in this prod uc t. (Refe r to page 26. ) îÂÂî 6HOH FWîÂÂWKHîÂÂGH V LUHGîÂÂVR XUFHîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂHîÂÂJîÂÂîÂÂ7 XQHUî Each pre ss of the SOURCE/OFF butto n selects th e desired sourc e in the follo wing ord er: Built-in CD player (Compact Disc) 3 Tuner 3 DAB (Digital Au dio Br oadca sting) Tune r 3 Multi-MD player 3 Multi-CD pl ay er 3 Externa l Unit 3 AUX 1RWHî â¢ Exter nal Uni t re fers t o a Pione er pr oduct (such as one ava il ab le in the fu ture) t hat , altho ugh inc ompati ble as a source , enab les co ntrol of ba sic funct ions by this p roduct . Only o ne E xtern al Unit can be co nt rol led by t his pr oduct . ⢠In the following cases, the sound source will no t change: * When a pr oduct corr espondi ng to ea ch source i s not co nne cte d to this pr odu ct. * N o d isc is set in this pro duc t. * No magaz i ne is set in the Mul ti-CD play er. * No disc is set in the Multi-MD player. * AUX (exter nal input) is set to OFF. (Refer to page 67.) ⢠Whe n th is prod uctâÂÂs bl ue/wh ite le ad is conn ected to t he car âÂÂs Auto- ante nna rel ay cont rol t ermina l, the car âÂÂs Auto -an tenna ex tends when this pro ductâ s sou rce is swit ched ON. T o retra ct the an tenn a, swi tch the sourc e OFF. îÂÂî 5DLVHîÂÂR UîÂÂORZHUîÂÂWKHîÂÂYROXP Hî îÂÂî 7 X UQîÂÂWKHîÂÂVR XU FHîÂÂ2)) î Each press changes t he Source ... Hold for 1 second
îÂÂî Bas ic Opera tion of T uner This p rod uctâÂÂs AF func tion can be s wit che d ON and OFF. AF s hou ld b e sw itch ed OFF f o r normal tuning operations. (Refer t o page 38.) Preset N umber I ndicator Band Indi cator Frequen cy Indic ator Band FM-1 FM-2 FM-3 MW/LW Manu al and Se ek T uning î < RXîÂÂFDQîÂÂVHOH FWîÂÂWKHîÂÂWXQLQJîÂÂP HWKRGîÂÂE\îÂÂFKDQJLQJîÂÂWKHîÂÂOHQJWKîÂÂRIî WLP HîÂÂ\RXîÂÂSUHVVîÂÂWKHî îÂÂEXWWRQî 1RWHî â¢ If you co ntinu e pressing th e butt on for lo nger th an 0.5 seconds, you can ski p broadc a st stati ons. See k T uni ng sta rts as so on a s you rele ase the but ton. ⢠Stere o ind ica tor â â light s w h e n a ste r e o sta tion is s e lect ed . Manua l Tu ni ng (st ep by step) 0.5 secon ds or less Seek Tu ni ng 0.5 secon ds or more Preset T uning î < RXîÂÂFDQîÂÂP HP R UL]HîÂÂEURDGFDVWîÂÂVWDWLRQVîÂÂLQîÂÂEXWWRQVî îÂÂîÂÂWKU RXJKîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂIRUîÂÂHDV\ îÂÂîÂÂR QHîÂÂWRXFK îÂÂVWDWLRQîÂÂU HFDOOî 1RWHî â¢ Up to 18 FM stations (6 in FM-1, FM-2 an d FM-3) and 6 MW/ LW s tati ons ca n be s tor ed i n memory . ⢠You ca n al so use the or b utton s to re call broa dcast station s memor ized in butto ns 1 thr oug h 6. Pre set stati on re call 2 seco n ds or le ss Broadca st station pr eset memor y 2 second s or mo re
îÂÂî %DV LFîÂÂ2SH UDWL RQ Basi c Oper ation of Bu ilt-in CD Playe r Play T i me Indic ator Switc hing the Di splay Each pr e s s of the DI SPLAY bu tto n ch an g es the display in the followin g order: Play bac k mod e (Play Tim e) 3 Disc Title 1RWHî â¢ If you swi tch d isplays wh en di sc titl es ha ve no t been inpu t, âÂÂNo Ti tleâ is disp layed. T rack Num ber In dicator Eject Press the EJECT bu tton, a nd you can open the front panel before ejectio n. In case of openin g the fr ont pan el, you ca n just eject a CD. 1RWHî â¢ The CD func ti on c an be tu rned ON/ OFF with the disc remaining in this produc t. (Re fer to pa ge 24. ) ⢠A disc left pa rtia ll y in serted after ejec tion ma y inc ur damag e or fal l out. Switc hing the Di splay (only fo r CD TEXT Discs ) Each press of th e DI SPL AY butto n ch an ges t he displ ay in the fol lowi n g orde r: Pla y mo de (P lay T im e) 3 Disc Title 3 Disc Artist 3 Track Title 3 Track Artist With text lon ger than 2 0 letters, y ou ca n scroll to see the re st of th e text by pr essing the DISP LAY button fo r 2 seco nds. 1RWHî â¢ A CD TEXT disc is a C D fea tur in g recorded text inform a tion such a s Disc T it le , Artist Na me an d Tra c k Titl e. ⢠If certain text in forma tion is no t rec orded o n a CD TE XT di sc, âÂÂNo ~â (e.g. âÂÂNo T itleâÂÂ) is displayed.
îÂÂî Open Press t he EJEC T b utt on for 1 seco nd, an d you can open the f ront panel wit h out ejecti ng a CD. I n case of op enin g the front pan el, you can clo se it. 1RWHî â¢ Whe n ope ning th e fro nt pane l, th e 1 to 6 button s are no t a va ilable . î W ARNING: ⢠Do not use wi th the front panel le ft open . If you do le ave i t ope n, it ma y result in in jury in the even t of an ac cide nt. Disc Lo ading Slo t If a CD is inserted, the front p anel is close d automa tically . The Built-in CD play er play s one sta ndard 1 2 cm or 8 cm (sin gle) CD a t a t im e. D o no t use an a d apt er w h en p la yin g 8 cm CD. 1RWHî â¢ If a disc can not be in sert e d fully or pla yba ck fai ls, ma ke sure the recor ded sid e is dow n. Push the EJECT b utton and ch eck t he disc for damage be fore reinserti ng i t. ⢠If the Bu ilt-in CD pl a y er cannot ope rate prope rl y, an error me ssage (such as âÂÂER ROR-14 âÂÂ) appear s on the di splay. Re fer to âÂÂBui lt-in CD PlayerâÂÂs Er ror Messag eâ on page 80. T r ac k Se ar ch a nd F ast Forw ard /R eve rs e î < RXîÂÂFDQîÂÂVH OHFWîÂÂEHWZHHQîÂÂ7 UDFN îÂÂ6HDUFKîÂÂRUîÂÂ)DVWîÂÂ)RUZDUGîÂÂ5HYHUVHîÂÂE\î SUHVVLQJîÂÂWKHî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂE XWWRQîÂÂIRUîÂÂDîÂÂGLIIHUHQWîÂÂOHQJWKîÂÂRIîÂÂWLPH î Tr ack Se arch 0.5 seco nds or less Fast fo rward/Re verse Conti nue pre ssing
îÂÂî %DV LFîÂÂ2SH UDWL RQ Basi c Oper ation of M ulti-CD Pla yer This produc t can cont rol a Multi-CD player (sold separa tely). Di sc Nu mbe r In di cat or T rack N umber Indica tor Play T ime Ind icator Disc Se arch Switc hing the Displa y (When play ing a CD TEXT dis c on a CD T EXT compa tible Multi-CD Playe r) Each pre ss of th e DISPL AY butto n chang es the d isplay in the fo llowing orde r: Playba ck mode (Pla y T ime) 3 Disc Title 3 Disc Artist 3 Track Title 3 Track Artist With text longer t h an 20 letters, you can scr oll to see the re st of th e text by pressing the DISPLAY button for 2 secon ds. 1RWHî â¢ A CD TEXT disc is a CD featur ing rec ord ed tex t in form a ti on suc h as Di sc Title , Artist Nam e and Trac k Tit le . ⢠If ce rtain te xt i nformat ion i s not re corded on a C D TE XT di sc, âÂÂN o ~â (e. g. âÂÂNo Titleâ ) is di splaye d. ⢠Yo u ca nnot switch to t he Di sc Tit le I nput mode in t he De tail ed Set ti ng Me nu. T rack Search and Fast Forwa rd/R ev erse î < RXîÂÂFDQîÂÂVH OHFWîÂÂEHWZHHQîÂÂ7 UDFN îÂÂ6HDUFKîÂÂRUîÂÂ)DVWî IRUZDUGîÂÂ5HYHUVHîÂÂE\îÂÂSUHVVLQJîÂÂWKH î îÂÂEXWWR Qî IRUîÂÂDîÂÂGLIIHU HQWîÂÂOHQJWKîÂÂRIîÂÂWLP HîÂÂî Tr ack Se arch 0.5 seco nds or l ess Fast forwa rd/Reve rse Continu e pre ssing Switc hing the Displa y Each press of the DISPLAY button changes the display in the following order: Playba ck mode (Pla y T ime) 3 Disc Title 1RWHî â¢ If you switch displ ays when disc ti tl es have not been input , âÂÂN o Ti tle â is displa ye d.
îÂÂî Dis c Num ber Sear ch (for 6-D isc, 12 -Disc types) î < RXî FDQîÂÂVHOHFWî G LVFVî GLU HFWO\î ZLWKî WKHî îÂÂî WR î îÂÂîÂÂEXWWRQVîÂÂî -XVWî SUHVV î WKH î QXP EH Uî FRUUHVSRQGLQ JîÂÂWRîÂÂWKHîÂÂGLVFîÂÂ\RXîÂÂZDQWîÂÂWRîÂÂOLVWHQîÂÂWRî 1RWHî â¢ Whe n a 12-D isc Multi -CD Pla yer is conne cted and you wa nt to sel ect d isc 7 to 12 , pr ess the 1 to 6 b uttons fo r 2 second s. Disc Num ber Rough Search (for 5 0-Disc typ e only) This handy functio n lets y ou sele ct discs lo aded in a 50 -Disc Multi -CD Player using the 1 to 5 but tons. The 50 d isc s ar e di vide d into fiv e bl ocks , w ith e ach o f th e 1 to 5 butto ns assig ned to a bloc k. î 6HOH FWîÂÂWKHîÂÂGHVLUHGîÂÂEORFNîÂÂZLWKîÂÂWKHîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂWRîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂEXWWRQVî 1RWHî â¢ After complet in g a rough se arc h, use t he and but to n s to se le ct a desire d disc. 1RWHî â¢ The Mult i-CD pla ye r ma y pe rform a pre pa ra tory ope ratio n, such as ve rif yin g the pre sence of a disc o r read ing di sc informa tion, wh en th e power is turned ON o r a new disc is sele cted for p layback. âÂÂREADYâ is displayed. ⢠Whe n a m ag azin e i s l oa ded int o a 50-Disc type Mu lti-C D Pla yer, i nfor mat ion on all th e discs in th e ma gazine is read. If you start pla ying a disc on a 50-Disc ty pe Multi-CD Pla yer befor e reading of infor mation on a ll disc s has be en c omple ted, r eading of in forma tion st ops pa rt way throu gh. Th is wil l prevent you from using the I TS fu nction. ( If you try and use thi s func tion, âÂÂNot Readyâ is displayed. ) If this ha ppen s, reading of in formation be gins ag ain when you switch to a compo nent other than the 50-D isc Type M ulti-CD Pl ayer. ⢠If the Mu lt i-C D pla ye r ca nn ot opera te pro pe rly, an erro r me ssage suc h as â ERROR -14 â is displaye d. Re fer to the Mul t i-C D Pla yer OwnerâÂÂs M an ual . ⢠If ther e ar e no disc s in the Multi-CD playe r magazi ne, âÂÂN o Disc â i s displ ay ed . ⢠âÂÂLOADINGâ will be displa yed in the foll owing cases: * If the dis c in the ext ra tra y is sel ecte d. * I f t he d isc i s move d from th e ex tra tray to the maga zine . (Refer to the 50-Disc T ype Mul ti -CD Pl aye r Owne râÂÂs Ma nua l.) ⢠You ca nnot use the âÂÂE je ct ing a Sin gle DiscâÂÂ, âÂÂFr equen cy Play âÂÂ, âÂÂM usic Group Pla yâ or âÂÂABC Disc Title Sea rc hâ funct i ons with th is pro duct.
îÂÂî %DV LFîÂÂ2SH UDWL RQ Corresp ondin g Displ ay I ndica ti ons a nd Butto ns This productâÂÂs di splay feat u res Key Gui dan ce Indicat ors. These lig ht to indica te which of the button s yo u can use. When y ouâÂÂre in the Functio n Me nu (re fer to n ext sec tion), Detailed Setting Menu (refer to page 34), Initial Setting Menu (refer to p age 65) or Audio Menu (refer to page 55), they also make it easy to see wh ich but tons you can use t o switch funct ions ON/ OF F, switc h rep eat selection s and per f o rm othe r opera tions. Indi cato r and corresp ondi ng butto ns are shown below. When ÃÂ¥ is lit in the disp lay, pe rform approp riate o peratio ns wi th the ï bu ttons . î Head Unit î Steering Remote Controller î Dis play
îÂÂî Enter ing th e Funct ion Me nu The Fu nctio n Menu lets y ou ope rate sim ple functio ns for e ach sourc e. 1RWHî â¢ After ent ering the Functi on Menu, if yo u do not pe rfor m an ope ra ti on within a bout 30 secon ds, the Fun ctio n Men u is au to ma tic ally can ce led . îÂÂî 6HOH FWîÂÂWKHîÂÂGHV LUHGîÂÂP RG H îÂÂLQîÂÂWKHîÂÂ)XQFWLR QîÂÂ0HQXîÂÂî îÂÂ5HIHUîÂÂWRîÂÂQH [WîÂÂV HFWLRQîÂÂîÂÂó)XQFWLR QîÂÂ0HQXîÂÂ)XQFWLR QV ôîÂÂî îÂÂî 2SHUDWHîÂÂDîÂÂP R GHîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂH îÂÂJîÂÂîÂÂ5DQGRP îÂÂ3OD\î îÂÂî &DQFHOîÂÂWKHîÂÂ)XQFWLR QîÂÂ0HQXî Ea ch pr ess ch ang es th e Mo de ... The bu tton use d an d the ope rati on i t perfor ms a re indic a ted by the ke y guida n c e indicat or. Press th e but ton to switch t he key guid ance indic ator ON, and th e button to switch it OFF.
îÂÂî %DV LFîÂÂ2SH UDWL RQ Funct ion Me nu Func tion s The fol lowing chart sh ows funct i ons for each sourc e in the Func tion Menu . The ch art also shows indica tions fo r each fu nctio n, o peratio ns and butto ns us ed to p erform opera tio ns. Fo r more det ails , o r when you want t o know ab out an ope ratio n, re f er to the p age numbe r indi cated in the chart. î T uner î Built-in CD Player )XQFWLRQîÂÂQDPH îÂÂîÂÂ'LVSOD\î %XWWRQîÂÂîÂÂ2S HUDWLRQ 3DJH Best Stat io ns Memo ry (Best Stat i ons Me mo ry) : ON : OFF 36 Region al Fu ncti on (R egion al) : ON : OFF 39 Loca l S eek T uni ng (LO CAL) 1 : ON : OFF 2 or : Sele ct ( Sensi tivity) 36 TA F uncti on (T raffic Announ cem ent) : ON : OFF 40 News Pr ogram Interrupt ion S etting (Ne ws) : ON : OFF 43 AF Fu nc ti o n (Al terna ti ve Freque ncy) : ON : OFF 38 )XQFWLRQîÂÂQDPH îÂÂîÂÂ'LVSOD\î %XWWRQîÂÂîÂÂ2S HUD WLRQ 3DJH Sele ctin g Trac ks by T rac k Tit le List (Track List) 1 or : Sele ct ( Trac k Ti tle) 2 : Play 47 Repea t Pla y (Pl ay Mo de ) : ON : OFF 45 Rand om P lay (Ra ndom Play) : ON : OFF 45 Sc an P lay (S can Play ) : ON : OFF 46 Pause (Pause ) : ON : OFF 46
îÂÂî î Multi-CD Playe r )XQFWLRQîÂÂQDPHîÂÂîÂÂ'LVSOD\î %XWWRQîÂÂîÂÂ2 SHUDWLRQ 3DJH Repe at P la y (Pla y Mod e) or : Se lect (Play Ra ng e) 48 Selecti n g Discs by Disc Title List (Dis c Li st) 1 or : S e le ct (D is c Titl e) 2 : Pla y 54 Sele cting Tr ack s b y Tr ack Titl e L ist (Track L ist) 1 or : S e le ct (T rack T itle ) 2 : Pla y 54 Rando m Play (Ra ndomPla y) : ON : OFF 48 Scan Pla y ( Sca n Play ) : ON : OFF 49 ITS Play (ITS Play) : ON : OFF 51 Pause (Pause) : ON : OFF 49 Comp ressi on and DB E (C ompre ssion ) or : Selec t (Sound Qua lit y Function) 50
îÂÂî %DV LFîÂÂ2SH UDWL RQ Enterin g the Det a il ed Se tti ng Menu In the Detailed Sett ing Menu, you ca n opera te conv enient, complex function s for each source . îÂÂî (QWHUîÂÂWKH îÂÂ'HWDLOHGîÂÂ6HWWLQJîÂÂ0HQXî îÂÂî 6HOH FWîÂÂWKHîÂÂGHVLUHGîÂÂP R GHîÂÂî îÂÂ5HIHUîÂÂWRîÂÂQH[ WîÂÂVHFWLRQ îÂÂîÂÂó'HWD LOHGîÂÂ6HWWLQJîÂÂ0 HQXîÂÂ)XQFWLRQVôîÂÂî îÂÂî 2SHUDWHîÂÂDîÂÂPR GHî îÂÂî &DQFHOîÂÂWKHîÂÂ'HWDLOHGîÂÂ6H WWLQJîÂÂ0 H QXî 1RWHî â¢ You can cancel the Detailed Setting Menu by pressing the FUNCTION button again for 2 second s. Hold for 2 seconds Each press changes t he Mode ...
îÂÂî Detail ed S etting M enu Funct ions The fol lowing c har t shows func tion s for eac h sou rce in the Detailed Se tting Men u. The chart also sh ows indicat i on s for each func tio n, operati on s and buttons used to perfo rm operat ions. For m or e deta ils , or wh en you wan t to kno w abo ut an opera tion, refer to th e pa ge number in di cated i n t he ch art. î T une r î Built-in CD Player î Multi-CD Playe r )XQFWLRQîÂÂQDPHîÂÂîÂÂ'LVSOD\î %XWWRQîÂÂîÂÂ2 SHUDWLRQ 3DJH Program Fun ction (Prog ram Fun ction) 1 or : Sele ct ( Funct ion ) 2 : Memory 76 )XQFWLRQîÂÂQDPHîÂÂîÂÂ'LVSOD\î %XWWRQîÂÂîÂÂ2 SHUDWLRQ 3DJH Disc Titl e Input (Ti tl e In put ABC) 1 or : Select (Cha ract er) 2 or : Se le ct (Position) 3 : Memory 47 Program Fun ction (Prog ram Fun ction) 1 or : Sele ct (Funct ion ) 2 : Memory 76 )XQFWLRQîÂÂQDPHîÂÂîÂÂ'LVSOD\î %XWWRQîÂÂîÂÂ2 SHUDWLRQ 3DJH Disc Titl e Input (Ti tl e In put ABC) 1 or : Select (Cha ract er) 2 or : Se le ct (Position) 3 : Memory 52 ITS Progra mming (ITS M emory) : Memory 51 Program Fun ction (Prog ram Fun ction) 1 or : Sele ct (Funct ion ) 2 : Memory 76
îÂÂî 7 XQHUîÂÂ2SH UDWL RQ î Local Seek T uning (LOCAL) Whe n L ocal mo de is ON (â L OCâ ind icat or light s) , you can only select br oadca st sta tions pr ovid ing st rong re ceptio n. îÂÂî 3UHVVîÂÂWKHîÂÂ)81&7,21îÂÂEX WWRQîÂÂDQGîÂÂVH OHFWîÂÂWKHîÂÂ/RFDOîÂÂP R GHîÂÂîÂÂ/2&$/ îÂÂîÂÂLQîÂÂWKHî )XQFWLRQ îÂÂ0 H QXî FM : LEVEL 1 4 LEVEL 2 4 LEVEL 3 4 LEVEL 4 MW /LW : L EVEL 1 4 LEVEL 2 1RWHî â¢ The LE V E L 4 s e tt ing al low s re cept io n of only th e strong est stat ions , wh il e lowe r settin gs le t yo u recei ve progr essivel y we ak er station s. î Best Stations Memory (Bes t Stations Memory) The BSM (Best Stations Me mory ) functio n store s statio ns in memory automatic a lly. îÂÂî 3UHVVîÂÂWKHîÂÂ)81&7,21îÂÂEX WWRQîÂÂDQGîÂÂVH OHFWîÂÂWKHîÂÂ`î P RGHîÂÂîÂÂ%HVWîÂÂ6 WDWLR QVîÂÂ0HPR U\îÂÂî LQîÂÂWKH îÂÂ)XQFWLRQîÂÂ0HQXî îÂÂî 6ZLWFKîÂÂWKHîÂÂ/RFDOîÂÂ21îÂÂ2))îÂÂZ LWKî WK Hî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂEXWWRQVî îÂÂî 6HOHFWîÂÂWKH îÂÂGHVLUHGîÂÂ/RFDOîÂÂ6HH Nî VHQVLWLYLW\îÂÂZLWKîÂÂWKHî î îÂÂî îÂÂEXWWRQ Vî îÂÂî 6ZLWFKîÂÂWKHîÂÂ` îÂÂ21îÂÂZLWKîÂÂWKHî î EXWWRQî The stati ons with the stron gest signal s will be sto r ed unde r butt ons 1â 6 and in order of their signal strength. î 7 RîÂÂFDQFH OîÂÂWKHîÂÂSURFHVVîÂÂîÂÂSUHVVîÂÂWKHî î EXWWR QîÂÂLQîÂÂWKHîÂÂ)XQFWLRQîÂÂ0HQXî EHIRUHîÂÂP H P RUL]DWLRQ îÂÂLVîÂÂFRP SOHWHîÂÂ
îÂÂî 8VLQJîÂÂ5 '6îÂÂ)XQFW LRQV What is RDS? RDS (Radio Da ta System ) is a system for transmi tting d ata alon g with FM pr ograms. This data, whic h is ina udibl e, pro vides a va riety of fe atures such as: p rogra m servic e n ame, pr ogram typ e dis play, t raffi c announce ment st andb y, autom atic tu nin g and prog ram typ e tunin g, in tend ed to aid radi o l iste ners in t uni ng to a desir ed stat ion. 1RWHî â¢ RDS service may no t be provi de d by all stati ons. ⢠RDS func tions, li ke AF (Alterna tive Freq uenc ie s search) and T A (T raff ic Annou ncem e nt stan dby ), are on ly a ct iv e whe n yo ur radio is tun ed t o RDS sta ti on s. Program Serv ice Name Display With thi s func tio n, th e na mes of n etwor ks/ stat ions p rovid ing RD S service s re place th e frequency on the display a few secon ds after they are tuned i n. î :K HQîÂÂ\RXîÂÂZDQWîÂÂWRîÂÂNQ RZîÂÂWKHîÂÂIU H TXHQF\îÂÂRIîÂÂWK HîÂÂFXUU HQWîÂÂVWDWLRQ îÂÂîÂÂFKDQJHîÂÂWKHîÂÂGLVSOD\ î Each pre ss of the DISPLAY button se lects th e displa y in the follo wing orde r: Freq uenc y 3 Program Servic e Name 1RWHî â¢ After switc hi ng di spl ays, if yo u do no t pe rform a n ope ration wi thi n 8 secon ds, the Progra m Serv ic e Na me is au toma tic ally dis pl ay ed . î PTY Inform ation PTY (Program T ype ID code) inform ation for the curren tly tune d station app ears on the displ ay for 8 se cond s. The info rm ation i s correla te d with th e li s t in th e sect ion â P TY Li stâ on p age 4 4. 1RWHî â¢ If a PTY code of zero is re ce iv ed from a station, âÂÂNo neâ will be di splaye d. This ind icates th a t th e station has not defin ed its progra m c onten ts. î Frequen cy The freque ncy of the cu rre nt station ap pears on t he display for 8 seco nds. Ea ch pres s chan ge s t he Di spl ay ... PTY Info rm at io n
îÂÂî 8VLQJîÂÂ5 '6îÂÂ)XQF WLRQV AF Funct ion (Al tern ativ eF re que ncy) The AF (Alte rnative Freq uencies search) function is used to sear ch for other frequencies in the same network as the curre ntly tun ed station. It automatica lly retu nes the receive r to anothe r freque ncy in th e network which is broadcast ing a s tronger si gnal when there are proble ms with recepti on of th e currentl y tuned stati on or bet ter recept ion is possib le on a di fferent freque ncy. 1RWHî â¢ AF tunes the re ceiver only to RD S stations when y ou use Seek tun ing or BSM Auto Memory with the âÂÂAFâ i ndicat or ON. ⢠Whe n you recal l a pre set sta tion , the tuner may update the preset st ation with a new fre quenc y from the stat io nâÂÂs AF list. (Th is is onl y a vai la ble wh en usi ng presets on the FM -1 an d FM-2 band s.) No prese t number ap pears on th e display if th e RDS data for the stati on receive d differs fr om that for th e orig ina l ly sto r e d st ati on. ⢠Sound may be t em po raril y in terrup ted by a not he r program du ring an AF fre qu ency se arc h. ⢠When t he t uner is tu ne d to a non-R DS station, the âÂÂAFâ indic a tor flashes. ⢠AF c an be switched ON or OFF inde pendent ly for each FM b and. î Activating/De activati ng the AF Function AF is s et to ON by default. îÂÂî 3UHVVîÂÂWKHîÂÂ)81&7,21îÂÂEX WWRQîÂÂDQGîÂÂVHO HFWîÂÂWKHîÂÂ$)îÂÂP RGH îÂÂîÂÂ$OWHUQDWLYH)U HTXHQF\îÂÂîÂÂLQî WKHîÂÂ)XQFWLRQ îÂÂ0 HQXî îÂÂî $FWLYDWHîÂÂRUîÂÂGHDFWLYDWHîÂÂ$)îÂÂZKLOHîÂÂLQîÂÂDQîÂÂ)0îÂÂEDQGîÂÂ
îÂÂî PI Seek Function The t uner sea rches for ano ther frequ ency broadcast ing th e same prog rammin g. âÂÂPI S eekâ appears o n th e displa y an d the ra dio volu me is mu ted during a PI Se ek. Th e mutin g is discon tinued after completi on of the PI Seek, wh ether or not the P I seek has s ucceed ed. If the PI Seek is unsucce ssful, the t un er returns to the prev ious freq uency. î PI Se e k If the tu ner fail s to locate a suitable altern ative frequency o r if the bro adcasting signal i s too weak for p rope r receptio n, the PI S eek will automatica lly start. î Auto PI Seek (fo r preset s tation) When prese t statio ns can not be recal l ed, as when traveling long dis tances, the pr od uct can be set to pe rform P I Seek also du ring preset recall. The de fault se tting for Auto PI Seek is OFF. 1RWHî â¢ Refer to âÂÂInitial Settingâ for detai ls on how to switch Auto PI Seek ON/OFF. Regio nal Func tion ( Regi on a l) When AF is used to retune the tu ner au tomatic ally, th e Regio nal fun ction l imits th e selectio n to stat i ons br o adc ast ing reg ion al progr ams. 1RWHî â¢ Regi ona l program m in g and reg ional net w or ks are orga ni ze d diffe ren tly depe nding on the cou ntry (i.e. , they ma y ch ange accord ing t o th e ho ur, sta te or b roadc ast a rea). ⢠The pr eset numbe r may disap pear on th e display if th e tu ner tunes in a reg ional sta tion which differs from t h e orig ina l ly se t s ta ti on. ⢠âÂÂREGâ is di splayed if you activ ate t he Reg ional f uncti on wh en the Func tion Me nu is cance led. î Activating the Regional Function The Reg ional func ti on can be turn ed ON i ndepe ndent ly for ea ch FM ba nd. îÂÂî 3U HVVîÂÂWKH îÂÂ)81&7 ,21îÂÂEX WWR QîÂÂDQGîÂÂVH OHFWîÂÂWKH îÂÂ5HJLRQ DOîÂÂP RG HîÂÂîÂÂ5HJLRQDOîÂÂîÂÂLQîÂÂWK Hî )XQFWLRQîÂÂ0HQXî îÂÂî $FWLYDWHîÂÂRUîÂÂGHDFWLYD WHîÂÂ5HJLR QDOîÂÂZKLOHîÂÂLQîÂÂDQîÂÂ)0î EDQGîÂÂ
îÂÂî 8VLQJîÂÂ5 '6îÂÂ)XQF WLRQV T raf fic Ann ounce ment Sta nd by Fu nction (T raffic Anno unceme nt) The TA (Traffi c Announce ment stan db y) functio n l et s you rece ive traffic ann ouncemen ts automati cally, n o matte r what sourc e yo u are liste ning to. Th e TA fun ction c an be ac tivat ed for either a TP sta tion (a sta tion th at broadc asts traffi c information ) or an EON TP st ation (a station carrying information which cross-references TP stations). î Activating/Deactiva ting the T A Fu nction îÂÂî 7 X QH îÂÂLQîÂÂDîÂÂ73îÂÂRUîÂÂ( 21îÂÂ73îÂÂVWDWLR Qî The TP ind icator (â âÂÂ) lights whe n the tuner is tune d to a TP stati on or a n EON TP statio n. îÂÂî $FWLYDWHîÂÂWKHîÂÂ7 $îÂÂIXQFWLRQî The âÂÂTRF Câ indic ator lig hts, in dicatin g tha t the tuner is waiting for tra ffic annou ncements. Repea t the pr eceeding operatio n when no traffi c announ cement i s being received to dea ctivate the T A func tion. 1RWHî â¢ You can also switc h the TA functi on ON/OFF in the Function Menu. ⢠The sy stem switche s back to t he orig inal sourc e foll owing traffic anno uncement recep tion. ⢠The TA fun ctio n ca n be activa ted from source s othe r th an tuner if the tuner wa s last set to the FM ban d but not if it was la st set to t he MW/L W ban d. ⢠If the tune r wa s last set to FM, turn ing on the TA functi on le t s you opera te oth er tuning fu ncti ons whil e li ste ning t o sourc e s other th an tune r. ⢠Only TP or E ON TP sta tions are tu ned in du ring t he See k Tuning mode when the âÂÂTR FCâ ind icator is ON. ⢠Only T P or EO N TP stati ons a re sto red by BSM when the âÂÂT RFC â indic a tor is O N. âÂÂTRF Câ âÂÂâÂÂ
îÂÂî î Canceling T raffic Announcements î 3UHVVîÂÂWKHîÂÂ7 $îÂÂEX WWRQîÂÂZKLOHîÂÂDîÂÂWUDIILFîÂÂDQQRXQFHP HQ WîÂÂLVîÂÂEHLQJîÂÂUHFHLYHGîÂÂWRîÂÂFDQFHOîÂÂWK H î DQQRXQ FHP HQWîÂÂDQGîÂÂUHWXUQîÂÂWRîÂÂWKH îÂÂRULJLQDOîÂÂVRXUFHî The an nounce ment is cancele d bu t the tu ner r emains in the TA mode until the T A butto n is pr es s e d ag a i n. î Adjusting the T A V olume When a traffi c anno unce ment beg ins, th e vo lume ad just s automatic ally to a p reset level to enab le you t o hear the announ cement clearly . î 6HWîÂÂWKH îÂÂYROXP HîÂÂE\îÂÂDGMXVWLQJîÂÂLWîÂÂG XULQJîÂÂU HFHSWLR QîÂÂRIîÂÂDîÂÂWUDIILFîÂÂD QQRXQFH P HQWî The newly set volume is stored in memo ry and recall ed for subsequ ent traffi c announce ments. î TP Alarm Function Abou t 3 0 seco nds after th e TP i ndicator (â âÂÂ) is exting uished du e to a weak signa l, a 5 secon d beep sound s to remi nd you t o select anot her TP or EON T P statio n. î ,IîÂÂ\RX îÂÂDU HîÂÂOLVWHQLQJîÂÂWRîÂÂWKHîÂÂWXQHU îÂÂî WXQH îÂÂLQîÂÂDQRWK HUîÂÂ73îÂÂVWDWLRQîÂÂR UîÂÂ(21îÂÂ73îÂÂVWDWLRQ î In sourc es oth er th an tu ne r, the t u ner a utom aticall y seeks out the TP s tation with th e stro ng est signal i n the cu rrent area 10 (or 30)* sec onds after t he TP ind icator (â âÂÂ) disappears from the displa y. îÂÂîÂÂ7 L P HîÂÂWDNHQîÂÂEHIRUHîÂÂ6HHNîÂÂEHJLQVî TA fu ncti on ON 10 se conds TA, AF fun ctions ON 30 se conds
îÂÂî 8VLQJîÂÂ5 '6îÂÂ)XQF WLRQV PTY Funct ion With Wide and Narrow classific ation of pr ogram type, the PTY functio n provides two ways to select statio ns by the type of p rogra m being broadc ast (PTY Se arch). It a lso prov ides aut omatic tu ni ng to emergenc y bro adcast s ( PTY Alar m) . 1RWHî â¢ There âÂÂs no ne ed to perform PTY Search settings ag ain if t hey have previ ousl y be en set. After switchi ng t o the PTY Se ar ch Se ttin g mo de in Step 1, just per form PTY Search in Step 4. î Searching the P TY îÂÂî 6HOH FWîÂÂWKHîÂÂ3 7 <îÂÂ6HDU FKîÂÂ6HWWLQJîÂÂP RGH î îÂÂî 6HOH FWîÂÂWKHîÂÂ3 7 <îÂÂ6HDU FKîÂÂP HWK RGîÂÂîÂÂ:LGHîÂÂîÂÂ1DUU R ZîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî 6HOH FWîÂÂRQHîÂÂIURP îÂÂDP RQJîÂÂWKH îÂÂ3 7< î îÂÂî 6 WDUWîÂÂ3 7<îÂÂ6H DU FKî The tu ne r searches for a st ation bro ad casting th e de sired PTY. To can cel the P TY Searc h Settin g mod e, hold down th e PTY b utton fo r 2 second s. 1RWHî â¢ The prog ram of som e statio ns m ay di ffe r from that ind icated by the tr ansmi tt ed PTY. ⢠If no st ation broa dcasting the selected p rogrammin g type is found, â NOT FOUN Dâ is displaye d for abou t 2 sec onds, and t he t une r retur ns to the or igi nal stat ion.
îÂÂî î News Program Interruption Setting (News) You can s wi tch automat ic recept i on of PTY code new s prog rams ON/ OFF. When a received news prog r a m ends, rec ep tio n of the pre vio us pro gr a m resum e s . î 6HWîÂÂLQWH UUXSWLRQ îÂÂWRîÂÂ21îÂÂRUîÂÂ2)) î 1RWHî â¢ You can also switch the News Progr am Int er rupt ion Setti ng ON/OFF in the Function Me nu. î PTY Alar m PTY Alarm is a sp ecial PTY co de for anno unceme nt s rega rding emerg enci es such as natural disast ers. When the tune r receives the radio alarm code, âÂÂALARMâ appears on the disp lay and the vo lume a djusts t o the TA volume. Whe n the station stops bro adcasti ng the emerg ency anno un cement, the system retu rns t o the previo us source . 1RWHî â¢ The syste m swi tc hes bac k to t he orig inal sou rce fol lowin g emerge ncy ann oun cem en t recept ion. î Canceling Announcem ents î 3UHVVî WKHî 7 $î EXWWRQ î GXULQJî DQQRX QFHP HQWî U H FHSWLRQî WRî FDQFHOî WKHî DQQRXQ FHP HQWî DQGîÂÂUHWXUQîÂÂWRîÂÂWKHîÂÂSUHYLRXVîÂÂVR XU FHî Hold fo r 2 seco nds âÂÂN EW SâÂÂ
îÂÂî î PTY List :LGH 1D U U RZ 'HWDLOV News&Inf News News. Affa irs Curr ent aff airs . Info Gene ral informa tion and a dvic e. Sport Sport s prog rams. Weath er Weath er r e ports/M eteorol ogical info rmation . Financ e Stoc k mar ket rep orts, co m m erc e, tr ading etc. Popular Pop Mus Popul a r mu sic . Roc k Mus C on temp ora ry mod ern music. Easy Mus Easy listening music. Oth M u s Othe r ty pe s of musi c, whi ch ca n â t be ca te gor ized . Jazz Jazz music based pr ogra m s. Cou ntry Cou ntry mu sic based pro gram s. Nat Mus Nat ional mu sic b ased pro gram s. Oldi e s Oldi e s musi c, â Golden age â based progra ms. Folk Mus Folk music based program s. Cla ss i c s L. Cla ss Li ght clas s i cal m usi c. Classic Serious classical mu sic. Others Edu cate Edu cation al p rograms . Dram a All radio play s and serials. Cul tu re P rogr ams con cerne d wi th a ny a spect of nat io nal or re gio nal cu lt ure . Scien ce Progr ams abo ut nature , scienc e an d tech nolog y. Vari ed Light ente rta in ment prog rams. Chi ldren Childr enâ s progr ams. Soci a l Soci al aff ai rs prog rams. Reli gion Rel i gio n aff air s prog rams or se rvi ces. Phone In Phone in based prog ra ms. Tou r i ng T ra vel pr ogram s , no t for announc eme nt s abo ut traf fic prob lem . Leisu re P rogram s abo ut h obbie s and recrea tiona l act ivities . Do cu men t Do cu men ta ry pro gram s.
îÂÂî 8VLQJîÂÂW KHîÂÂ%XLO WîÂÂLQîÂÂ&'îÂÂ3 OD\H U î Repeat Play (P lay Mode) Repeat Pl a y plays th e same track rep eatedly . îÂÂî 3U HVVîÂÂWKHîÂÂ)81&7 ,21îÂÂEX WWR QîÂÂDQGîÂÂVHOH FWîÂÂWKH îÂÂ5HSH DWîÂÂP RG HîÂÂîÂÂ3OD\îÂÂ0 RGHîÂÂîÂÂLQîÂÂWKHî )XQFWLRQîÂÂ0HQXî 1RWHî â¢ If you pe rform T rac k Search or Fa st Forward /R eve rse , Repea t Play is a utom at ical ly ca nce l ed. î Random Play (RandomPlay) Random Play plays the tracks on a CD in random order for variety. îÂÂî 3U HVVîÂÂWKHîÂÂ)81&7, 21 îÂÂEXWWRQîÂÂDQGîÂÂVHOHFWîÂÂWKHîÂÂ5DQGR P îÂÂP RGH îÂÂîÂÂ5DQGRP 3OD \îÂÂîÂÂLQî WKHî )XQFWLRQîÂÂ0HQXî îÂÂî 6ZLWFKîÂÂWKHîÂÂ5HSHDWîÂÂ3OD\îÂÂ21îÂÂ2)) î ZLWKîÂÂWKHî î îÂÂî EXWWRQVî îÂÂî 6ZLWFKîÂÂ5DQGRP îÂÂ3OD\îÂÂ21îÂÂ2 ))î ZLWKîÂÂWKHî î îÂÂî EXWWRQVîÂÂ
îÂÂî 8VLQJîÂÂW KHîÂÂ%XL OWîÂÂLQîÂÂ&' îÂÂ3OD\H U î Scan Play (S can Pla y) Scan Pl ay play s the first 10 seco nd s or so of each t r ack on an CD in succe ssion. îÂÂî 3UHVVîÂÂWKHîÂÂ)81&7,21îÂÂEX WWR QîÂÂDQGîÂÂV H OH FWîÂÂWKHîÂÂ6FDQîÂÂP R GH îÂÂîÂÂ6FDQîÂÂ3OD\îÂÂîÂÂLQîÂÂWKHî )XQFWLRQ îÂÂ0HQXî 1RWHî â¢ Sc an Pla y is ca ncel ed aut om ati call y afte r all th e tr ac ks on a dis c have be en sc an ned . î Paus e (P au se) Paus e pa uses the curren tly play ing track . îÂÂî 3UHVVîÂÂWKHîÂÂ)81&7,21îÂÂEXWWR QîÂÂDQGîÂÂV HOH FWîÂÂWKHîÂÂ3DXVHîÂÂP R GHîÂÂîÂÂ3DXVH îÂÂîÂÂLQîÂÂWKHîÂÂ)XQFWLR Qî 0HQXî îÂÂî 6ZLWFKî WKHî 6FDQî 3OD\î 21î ZLWKî WKHî î EXWWR Qî îÂÂî :KHQîÂÂ\R XîÂÂILQGîÂÂWKH îÂÂGHVLUHGîÂÂWUDFNîÂÂî FDQFHOîÂÂWKHîÂÂ6FDQîÂÂ3OD\îÂÂZLWKîÂÂWKHî î EXWWR Qî If the F unc tion M enu has be en canceled automati cally, select the Scan mod e in th e Fu nctio n Me nu again . îÂÂî 6ZLWFKîÂÂWKHîÂÂ3DXVHîÂÂ21îÂÂ2))îÂÂZLWKî WK Hî î îÂÂî EXWWRQVîÂÂ
îÂÂî î Selec ting T racks by T r ack Title List (T rack Li st) Every 6 track title s on a CD TEXT di sc are d isplay ed. You can scro ll the display . îÂÂî 3U HVVîÂÂWKH îÂÂ)81&7 ,21îÂÂEXWWR QîÂÂDQGîÂÂVHOHFWîÂÂWKH îÂÂ7 UDFN îÂÂ/LVWîÂÂP R GHîÂÂîÂÂ7 UDFN îÂÂ/LVWîÂÂîÂÂLQîÂÂWKHî )XQFWLRQîÂÂ0HQXî 1RWHî â¢ Yo u can also s elect a nd pla y th e de sired tr ac k ti tle d i rect ly wi th t he 1 t o 6 butt ons. 1RWHî â¢ When onl y pl aying a CD TEXT disc on t his pr oduct , yo u ca n swit ch to this mode . î Disc Title Input (T itle Input ABC) You can inp ut up to 48 disc tit les for CDs in the Built-i n CD player . (Refer to âÂÂDisc Tit le Inputâ on p age 5 2 under â Usi ng M ulti- CD P laye rsâÂÂ. ) 1RWHî â¢ After the title for 48 discs have be en e nt ered, dat a for a ne w disc w ill ove rwr ite the ol de st one . ⢠If you co nnect a Multi -CD playe r, you can in put disc ti tl es for up to 10 0 disc s. ⢠When pl ayi ng a CD TEXT disc on th is pro duct, you cannot swit ch to this mode . îÂÂî 6HOHFWîÂÂWKHîÂÂGH VLUHGîÂÂWUDFNîÂÂWLWOHîÂÂZLWKî WK Hî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂEXWWRQVî âÂÂNo T.T itleâ is displaye d for tr ack whose ti tles ha ve no t be en inpu t. îÂÂî 3OD\î WKHî VHOHFWHGîÂÂW UDFNîÂÂZ LWKîÂÂWKHî î î EXWWRQîÂÂ
îÂÂî 8VLQJîÂÂ0 XOWLîÂÂ& 'îÂÂ3OD\ HUV î Repeat P lay (Play Mode) There are three repeat play rang es: One-tra ck Repeat, Disc Repea t and Multi-CD pla yer Repeat. Default repeat play range is Multi-CD player Repeat. îÂÂî 3UHVVîÂÂWKHîÂÂ)81&7,21îÂÂEXWWR QîÂÂDQGîÂÂV HOHFWîÂÂWKHîÂÂ5HSHDWîÂÂVHOH FWLQJîÂÂP R GHîÂÂîÂÂ3OD\îÂÂ0 R GHîÂÂî LQîÂÂWKH îÂÂ)XQFWLR QîÂÂ0HQXî 1RWHî â¢ If you sel ec t othe r di scs during the rep ea t play , the re pe at play ra nge cha ng es to Mult i-CD pl ay er Repe at. ⢠If yo u perfo rm Trac k Searc h or Fa st Forward/ Reverse during One-trac k Re peat, the repe at pla y range change s to Disc Re peat. î Random Play (RandomPlay) Trac ks are pla yed at ran dom wit hin the selected rep eat mode play range as ex plain ed in âÂÂRep eat Play â above. îÂÂî 3UHVVîÂÂWKHîÂÂ)81&7,21îÂÂEXWWRQîÂÂDQGîÂÂVHOHFWîÂÂWKHîÂÂ5DQGRP îÂÂP RG HîÂÂî 5DQGRP 3OD\îÂÂîÂÂLQîÂÂW KHî )XQFWLRQ îÂÂ0 H QXî 1RWHî â¢ One-t ra ck Repeat c han ge s to the Disc Re peat when you switc h the Ra ndom Pl ay ON. îÂÂî 6HOHFWîÂÂWKH îÂÂGH VLUHGîÂÂU HSH DWîÂÂSOD\î UDQJHîÂÂZ LWKîÂÂWKHî î îÂÂî îÂÂEXWWR QVî Multi-CD pl ay er Repeat (âÂÂMa gazin e Repeatâ is d isplayed) 3 One-track Repe at (âÂÂTra ck Rep eatâ is di spla yed ) 3 Disc Repeat (âÂÂDisc Repeatâ is disp layed ) îÂÂî 6ZLWFKîÂÂWKHîÂÂ5DQGRP îÂÂ3OD\î 21 îÂÂ2 ))î ZLW K îÂÂW KH î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂEXWWRQVî Afte r sele cti ng the de sire d repe at pla y range from those referred to in âÂÂRepea t Pla yâ abov e, switc h Mu lti- CD Player Rand om Play ON.
îÂÂî î Scan Play (Scan Pla y) In the Disc Repeat, the b egi nning of each track on the selecte d disc is sca nne d for abou t 10 secon ds. In the Multi -CD player Repe at, the beg inning o f the first track on each disc is sc anned for abou t 10 sec ond s. îÂÂî 3U HVVîÂÂWKH îÂÂ)81&7 ,21îÂÂEX WWR QîÂÂDQGîÂÂVH OH FWîÂÂWKHîÂÂ6FDQîÂÂP R GHîÂÂîÂÂ6FDQîÂÂ3OD\îÂÂîÂÂLQîÂÂWKHî )XQFWLRQîÂÂ0HQXî 1RWHî â¢ Sca n P lay is canc eled auto mati cal ly a fte r al l the tr acks or discs ha ve b ee n scan ned . ⢠One-track Repeat changes to the Disc Repeat when you switc h the Scan Play ON. î Pause (Pause ) Paus e pauses the cu rrently playin g track. îÂÂî 3U HVVîÂÂWKH îÂÂ)81&7 ,21îÂÂEX WWR QîÂÂDQGîÂÂVH OH FWîÂÂWKHîÂÂ3DXVH îÂÂP R GH îÂÂîÂÂ3DXVH îÂÂîÂÂLQîÂÂWKHîÂÂ)XQFWLR Qî 0HQXî 'LVSOD\ 3O D\î UDQ JH T. Scan Disc Repeat D. S can M ulti -CD pl ayer R epea t îÂÂî 6ZLWFKîÂÂWKHîÂÂ6FDQîÂÂ3OD\îÂÂ21îÂÂZ LWKî WK Hî î îÂÂEXWWRQî After selectin g the de sired repeat pla y range from those referred to in âÂÂRepeat Play â on page 48, switch M ulti -CD Player Sc an Pl ay ON. îÂÂî :KHQîÂÂ\R XîÂÂILQGîÂÂWKHîÂÂGH V LUHGîÂÂWUDFNî îÂÂRUîÂÂGLVFîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂFDQFHOîÂÂWKHîÂÂ6FDQîÂÂ3OD\î ZLWKîÂÂWKHî î îÂÂEXWWR Qî If th e Func tion Me nu ha s bee n can cel ed autom atica lly, sele ct th e Scan m ode in the F unct io n Menu again . îÂÂî 6ZLWFKîÂÂWKHîÂÂ3DXVHîÂÂ21îÂÂ2))îÂÂZLWKî WK H î î îÂÂî îÂÂEXWWRQVîÂÂ
îÂÂî 8VLQJîÂÂ0 XOWLîÂÂ& 'îÂÂ3OD\ HUV Compres sion and DBE (Comp ressi on) Using the Comp. (Co mpression) a nd DBE (Dynam ic Bass Emphasi s) func tions en ables Multi- CD player so und qual ity adjus tm ent. Each o f the functio ns enables two-step ad justmen t. î Comp./DBE ON/OFF Switching îÂÂî 3UHVVîÂÂWKHîÂÂ)81&7,21îÂÂEXWWR QîÂÂDQGîÂÂV HOHFWîÂÂWKHîÂÂ&R P S îÂÂîÂÂ'%(îÂÂ6ZLWFKLQJîÂÂP RGHî îÂÂ&RP S UHVVLR QîÂÂîÂÂLQîÂÂWKHîÂÂ)XQFWLR QîÂÂ0HQXî 1RWHî â¢ You c an use these function s with a Multi-C D pl ayer th at ha s them . If the play er does not feat ure th e Com p. /DB E func ti ons, âÂÂNo Comp. â i s displ ayed if you try to use them . î Comp. The Comp. (Compression) function adjusts im balan ces bet ween lo ud a nd subd ued sound s at highe r v olumes. î DBE DBE (Dynamic Bass Emphasis) boo sts bass levels to give a f uller so und. îÂÂî 6HOHFWîÂÂWKHîÂÂGH VLUHGîÂÂP R GH îÂÂZLWKîÂÂWKHî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂEXWWRQVî Comp. OFF 3 Comp. 1 3 Comp. 2 3 Comp. OFF 3 DBE 1 3 DBE 2
îÂÂî ITS (In stant T rack Se lecti on) The ITS fun c tio n a llo ws you to se ar ch for th e track yo u wish to pl a y when a Mu lti-CD p l aye r is installe d. You c an use ITS to prog ram autom atic p layback o f up t o 24 tra cks per di sc from up to 1 00 di scs. (You c an store ITS p rogram and Disc Titl e da ta for up to 100 discs in memory. ) î ITS Programming (ITS Memory) Prog ramme d tracks are playe d within the selected repeat pl ay range i n the âÂÂRepeat P la yâ on pag e 48 . îÂÂî 3OD\îÂÂWKHîÂÂWUDFNîÂÂ\RXîÂÂZLVKîÂÂWRîÂÂSURJUDP î îÂÂî 6HOH FWîÂÂWKHîÂÂ,76îÂÂ3URJUDP P LQJîÂÂP RGHîÂÂîÂÂ,7 6îÂÂ0HP RU\îÂÂîÂÂLQîÂÂWKHîÂÂ'HWDLOHGîÂÂ6H WWLQJîÂÂ0 HQXîÂÂî îÂÂ5HIHUîÂÂWRîÂÂSDJHîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî 1RWHî â¢ After 100 discs ha ve bee n prog ramm e d, data fo r a ne w disc wil l ove rwri t e th e data for th e disc th at has not bee n pl aye d bac k for th e longe st time . î ITS Pl ay (ITS Pl ay) ITS Play of tracks is performe d within the play ra ng e exp laine d in th e âÂÂRep eat Pla yâ sectio n. îÂÂî 3U HVVîÂÂWKHîÂÂ)81&7 ,21îÂÂEXWWR QîÂÂDQGîÂÂVHOHFWîÂÂWKHîÂÂ,7 6îÂÂ3OD\îÂÂPR GHîÂÂîÂÂ,7 6îÂÂ3OD\îÂÂîÂÂLQîÂÂWKHî )XQFWLRQîÂÂ0HQXî 1RWHî â¢ If no tra ck in the cu rrent ra nge is progra m med fo r ITS pl ay , âÂÂITS Em pt y â i s displ ay ed . îÂÂî 3U RJUDP îÂÂWKHîÂÂGH V LUHGîÂÂWUDFNîÂÂZLWKî WK H î î îÂÂEXWWRQî îÂÂî 6ZLWFKîÂÂ,76îÂÂSOD\îÂÂ21îÂÂ2))îÂÂZ LWKî WK Hî î îÂÂî îÂÂEXWWRQVî Afte r sele cti ng the de sire d repe at pla y range from those referred to in âÂÂRepeat Play â on page 48, swit ch ITS Play ON.
îÂÂî 8VLQJîÂÂ0 XOWLîÂÂ& 'îÂÂ3OD\ HUV î Era se a T rack Progr am îÂÂî 6HOH FWîÂÂWKHîÂÂWUDFNîÂÂ\RXîÂÂZLVKîÂÂWRîÂÂHUDVH îÂÂîÂÂGXULQJîÂÂ,76 îÂÂ3OD\ î îÂÂî 6HOH FWîÂÂWKHîÂÂ,76îÂÂ3URJUDP P LQ JîÂÂP RGH îÂÂîÂÂ,76îÂÂ0HPR U\îÂÂîÂÂLQîÂÂWKHîÂÂ'HWDLOHGîÂÂ6H WWLQJîÂÂ0HQXîÂÂî îÂÂ5HIHUîÂÂWRîÂÂSDJH îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î î Erase a Disc Pr ogram îÂÂî 6HOH FWîÂÂWKHîÂÂGLVFîÂÂ\RXîÂÂZLVKîÂÂWRîÂÂHUDVH îÂÂîÂÂZKLOHîÂÂWKHîÂÂGLVFîÂÂLV îÂÂSOD\LQJî îÂÂî 6HOH FWîÂÂWKHîÂÂ,76îÂÂ3URJUDP P LQJîÂÂP RG H îÂÂîÂÂ,76îÂÂ0HPR U\îÂÂîÂÂLQîÂÂWKHîÂÂ'HWDLOHGîÂÂ6H WWLQJîÂÂ0 HQXîÂÂî îÂÂ5HIHUîÂÂWRîÂÂSDJH îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î Disc Title î Disc Title Input (T itle Input ABC) You can input Titl e s up to 10 le tters long for up to 100 d iscs. Using this functi on lets you ea sily search for and select a de sired disc for play . (You can store ITS pro gram an d Disc T itle d ata for up to 100 di scs in memory.) îÂÂî 3OD\îÂÂWKHîÂÂGLVFîÂÂ\RXîÂÂZLVKîÂÂWRîÂÂLQSXWîÂÂWKHîÂÂGLV FîÂÂWLWOHî îÂÂî 6HOH FWîÂÂWKHîÂÂ'LVFîÂÂ7 LWOHî ,QSXWîÂÂP RGHîÂÂîÂÂ7 LWOHîÂÂ,QSXWîÂÂ$%&î î LQîÂÂWKHî 'HWDLOHGîÂÂ6HWWLQJîÂÂ0 HQXîÂÂî îÂÂ5HIHUîÂÂWRîÂÂSDJH îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î 1RWHî â¢ Whe n pl ay in g a CD T EX T disc on a CD TEXT comp at ible Multi- CD play er, you cannot swit ch to this mode . ⢠A CD TE XT di sc is a CD fea turi ng re co rded te xt informat ion su ch as Disc Titl e, A rti st Na me an d Trac k Ti tle . îÂÂî (UDVHî WKHî WUDFNî SU RJUDP î ZLWKî WKHî î îÂÂEX WWRQî ITS is canc eled and pl ayba ck of th e ne xt IT S-pr ogr amme d t rack begi ns. I f there are no mo re prog rammed t r ack s in the current rang e, âÂÂITS E MPT Yâ is dis pl aye d an d normal play resum e s . îÂÂî (UDVHîÂÂZ LWKî WKHî GLVFî SU RJUDPîÂÂZLWKî WK Hî î îÂÂEXWWRQîÂÂ
îÂÂî Each pre ss of bu tton 1 chang es the Ch aracter ty pe in the fo llowing o rder: Alphab et (Upper case), Nu mbers and Sy mbols 3 Alphabet (Lower case) 3 European letters, such as tho se with acc ent s (e.g. á, à, ä, ç) 1RWHî â¢ You ca n sel ec t to inp ut Num b ers and Sym bo ls by pressi ng but t on 2. 1RWHî â¢ Tit les r emain in memory , e ven a fter the disc h as be en re move d fro m the ma gazi ne, a nd ar e re called when th e di sc is rein sert ed. ⢠After the titles for 10 0 discs have been ente red, data for a new disc will ove rwrite th e data for t he disc that has no t be en playe d back fo r the lon ge s t ti m e. ⢠You ca n disp lay th e disc ti tl e of the disc curr entl y pla ying. For de ta ils, refe r to âÂÂSwitchin g the Displayâ on page 26. îÂÂî 6ZLWFKîÂÂWKHîÂÂGHVLU HGîÂÂ&KDUDFWHUî W\SHîÂÂZLWKî EXWWRQîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî 6HOHFWîÂÂOHWWHUV îÂÂîÂÂQXP EH UVîÂÂDQGî V\P ER OVîÂÂZLWKîÂÂWKHî î î î EXW W RQVî To insert a spa ce, select the flash in g cursor âÂÂ_â . îÂÂî 0 RYHîÂÂWKHîÂÂE R[ îÂÂOHIWîÂÂDQGîÂÂULJKWîÂÂZLWKî WK Hî îÂÂîÂÂî EXWWRQVî îÂÂî :KHQîÂÂ\R XîÂÂKDYHîÂÂFRP S OHWHG îÂÂWLWOHî LQSXWîÂÂîÂÂP DNHîÂÂWKH îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂWKîÂÂOHWWHUîÂÂIODVKîÂÂî WKHQîÂÂP HP RUL]HîÂÂE\îÂÂSUHVVLQJîÂÂWKHî î EXWWRQîÂÂ
îÂÂî 8VLQJîÂÂ0 XOWLîÂÂ& 'îÂÂ3OD\ HUV î Sele cting Discs by Disc Title List (D isc List) Ever y 6 discs ar e displa yed. You ca n scroll t he displ ay. Follow the pro cedures below t o play a disc for wh ich yo u have input the ti tle in a Multi -CD playe r or a CD TEXT dis c on a CD T EXT compa t ible Multi -CD player. îÂÂî 3UHVVîÂÂWKHîÂÂ)81&7,21îÂÂEXWWR QîÂÂDQGîÂÂV HOH FWîÂÂWKHîÂÂ'LVFîÂÂ7LWOHîÂÂ/LV WîÂÂP R GH îÂÂîÂÂ'LV FîÂÂ/LV WîÂÂîÂÂLQî WKHîÂÂ)XQFWLRQ îÂÂ0HQXî âÂÂNo D.Title â is displ ayed fo r disc who se titl es have not be en inp ut. âÂÂNo Di scâ is disp layed next to the di sc nu mber when no d isc is se t i n the ma ga zine. 1RWHî â¢ You ca n also sel ec t a nd pl ay the desire d disc ti tl e di re ctly wi th the 1 to 6 butto ns. î Sele cting T r acks by T rac k T itle List (T r ack List) Ever y 6 tracks on a CD TEXT d isc are di spla yed. You can scroll t he displ ay. îÂÂî 3UHVVîÂÂWKHîÂÂ)81&7,21îÂÂEXWWR QîÂÂDQGîÂÂV HOH FWîÂÂWKHîÂÂ7 UDFNîÂÂ/ LVWîÂÂP R GHîÂÂîÂÂ7 UDFN îÂÂ/L VWîÂÂîÂÂLQîÂÂWKHî )XQFWLRQ îÂÂ0HQXî 1RWHî â¢ Whe n only pl ayin g a CD TEXT di sc on a CD TE XT com patibl e Mult i-CD p layer, you can sw it ch to this mode . 1RWHî â¢ You ca n also sel ec t a nd pl ay the desire d track titl e di rec tly wi th t he 1 to 6 butto ns. îÂÂî 6HOHFWîÂÂWKH îÂÂGHVLUHGîÂÂGLV FîÂÂWLWOHîÂÂZLWKî WK H î îÂÂîÂÂî EXWWRQVî îÂÂî 3OD\îÂÂWKHîÂÂVHOHFWHGîÂÂGLVFîÂÂZLWKîÂÂWKHî î EXWWR Qî îÂÂî 6HOHFWîÂÂWKHîÂÂGH VLUHGîÂÂWUDFN îÂÂWLWOHîÂÂZLWKî WK Hî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂEXWWRQ Vî âÂÂNo T.T itleâ is displaye d for tr ack whose ti tles ha ve no t be en inpu t. îÂÂî 3OD\îÂÂWKHîÂÂVHOHFWHGîÂÂWUDFNîÂÂZLWKîÂÂWKHî î EXWWR QîÂÂ
îÂÂî $XGLRî $GMXVW P HQW Sele cti ng the Equ alizer Cur ve You can s wi tch betwe en E qualizer curv es. î 5R WDWHîÂÂWKHîÂÂ(4îÂÂVHOHFWR UîÂÂXSîÂÂRUîÂÂGRZQîÂÂWRîÂÂVH OH FWîÂÂWKHîÂÂGHVL UHGîÂÂ(TXDOL]HUîÂÂFXUYHî SUPER BASS 4î POWERFUL 4 NATURAL 4 VOCAL 4 CUSTOM 4 FLAT 1RWHî â¢ âÂÂCUSTOMâ store s an e qua liz er curve you have m ade adjust m ents to. (R efe r to âÂÂEqua lizer Cu rve Adjustm entâ on p age 57 and âÂÂEqua lizer Cur ve Fine Adju stmentâ on pa ge 58. ) ⢠You ca n crea te diffe rent â CUSTOM â curves for d iffere nt source s. (The Built-i n CD pla yer a nd Mult i- CD pl aye r are se t t o the same Equ alizer Curve Adjustm ent settin g au toma tically. ) ⢠When âÂÂCUSTOMâ is selected, the d isplayed curve and name switches to that selected bef ore adju stm e nts we re ma de (re fe r to pages 57 to 58) an d âÂÂCUST OMâ is also display ed . Init ia ll y, âÂÂFL ATâ an d âÂÂCU S TO Mâ a ppear on the di spla y. Enter ing th e Audio Menu With t his Menu , you can ad just th e sou nd qu ality. 1RWHî â¢ After entering the Audio Men u, if you do not perf orm an op er atio n wit h i n abo ut 30 sec onds, th e Aud io M enu is a ut oma tica lly ca ncel ed . ⢠Audio Menu func tions chan ge dep endin g on the Rea r Spea ker Out put a nd Su bwoofer C ontro ller setting in the Ini ti a l Setting Menu. (Refe r to âÂÂSwi tc hi ng the Re a r Speake r Out putâ a nd â S et ti ng the Subwoof er Cont rol â on page 68.) îÂÂî 6HOH FWîÂÂWKHîÂÂGH V LUHGîÂÂP RG HîÂÂLQîÂÂWKH îÂÂ$XGL RîÂÂ0HQXî îÂÂî 2SHUDWHîÂÂDîÂÂP R GHî îÂÂî &DQFHOîÂÂWKHîÂÂ$XG LR îÂÂ0 HQXî âÂÂCUSTOMâ Each pr ess chan ges t he M ode ...
îÂÂî $XGLR îÂÂ$GMXV WP HQW Audio Menu Func tion s The Au di o Me nu fe atur es th e fo llowing f unc tions. î Balance Adjustment (F AD/BAL) This fun ctio n all ows you to select a Fade r/Balan ce setti ng th at pr ovides ideal listen ing condition s in a ll occupi ed seat s. îÂÂî 3UHVVîÂÂWKHîÂÂ$8',2îÂÂEXWWRQ îÂÂDQGîÂÂVHOHFWîÂÂWKH îÂÂ)DGHUîÂÂ%DODQFHîÂÂP RGHîÂÂîÂÂ) $'î %$/îÂÂîÂÂLQîÂÂWKH î $XGLR îÂÂ0 HQXî 1RWHî â¢ Whe n t he R ear Spea ke r Out put set ti ng is â S ub woo fer outp utâÂÂ, you c an not adju st front /r ear sp ea ke r bala nc e. (Re fer to page 6 8.) ⢠âÂÂFad er F/R: 0 0â i s the proper sett ing wh en 2 speake rs are in use . îÂÂî $GMXVWîÂÂIU RQWîÂÂUHDUîÂÂVSHDNHUî EDODQFHîÂÂZLWKîÂÂW KHî î îÂÂî EXWWRQVî âÂÂFade r Fr on t:15â â âÂÂFa der Rear:15â is disp layed as it mo ves from front to rear . îÂÂî $GMXVWîÂÂOHIWîÂÂULJKWîÂÂVSHDN HUîÂÂEDODQFHî ZLWKîÂÂWKHî î îÂÂî EXWWRQVî âÂÂBalance Left :9â â âÂÂBa lance Right:9â is disp la yed a s it moves fro m lef t t o r igh t .
îÂÂî î Equalizer Curve Adjustment (Equaliz E r) You can adju st the current ly s elect ed equa liz er curve settings as de sired. Adju ste d equa li zer curve se tti ng s are memorized in âÂÂCUS TOMâÂÂ. îÂÂî 3U HVVîÂÂWKHîÂÂ$8',2îÂÂEXWWRQîÂÂDQGî VHOHFWîÂÂWKHîÂÂ(TXDOL]HUîÂÂP RG HîÂÂîÂÂ(TXDOL] UîÂÂîÂÂLQî WKHîÂÂ$XGLRî 0HQXî 1RWHî â¢ If you mak e adjust ments w hen a curv e oth er th an âÂÂC USTOMâ i s selec ted, the n ewly adj usted curve will re place the p revio us adjust ed c urve. And ne w cu rve and nam e with âÂÂCUS TOMâ appe ar on the display wh ile sel ec t ing the equ al iz er curv e. (Refe r to page 55 . ) îÂÂî 6HOHFWîÂÂWKHîÂÂEDQGîÂÂ\RXîÂÂZDQWîÂÂWRî DGMXVWîÂÂZLWKîÂÂWKHî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂEXWWRQVî LOW BAND 4 MID BAND 4 HIGH BAND îÂÂî % RR VWîÂÂRUîÂÂDWWHQX DWHîÂÂWKHîÂÂVH OHFWH Gî EDQGîÂÂZLWKîÂÂWKHî î îÂÂî îÂÂEX WWRQVî The disp l ay shows â 6â â âÂÂâ 6 âÂÂ.
îÂÂî $XGLR îÂÂ$GMXV WP HQW î Equalizer Curve Fine A djustment (Equaliz E r) You ca n adj ust the cen te r frequency and the Q factor (curv e characteri st ics) of each cu rrent ly selected curve band (LOW BAND/MID BAND/HIGH BAND). Adjusted equalizer curve settin gs are memorize d in âÂÂCUST O MâÂÂ. îÂÂî 3UHVVîÂÂWKHîÂÂ$8',2îÂÂEXWWRQ îÂÂIRUîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂVHFRQG VîÂÂWRîÂÂV H OH FWîÂÂ(TXDOL]H UîÂÂ&X UYHîÂÂ)LQHî $GMXVWP HQ Wî 1RWHî â¢ If yo u ma ke adju stme nts when a curv e ot her t han âÂÂC USTOMâ i s sele cted, the newly adju sted c urve will rep lace the pre vi ous adju ste d curve . A new curv e and na m e with â CUSTOMâ app ea rs on th e dis pl ay wh il e sele ctin g the eq uali zer cur ve. (R efer to page 55. ) Cen ter fre quenc y Freque nc y Leve l (dB ) îÂÂî 3U HVVîÂÂWKHî $8',2îÂÂEXWWRQîÂÂW RîÂÂVHOHFWî WKHîÂÂGHVLUHGîÂÂEDQGîÂÂIRUîÂÂDGMXVWP HQWîÂÂî îÂÂî 6HOHFWîÂÂWKH îÂÂGHVLUHGîÂÂIU HTXHQF\îÂÂIRUî HDFKî EDQGî ZLWKî WKHî î îÂÂî EXWWRQV îÂÂî LOW: 40 4 80 4 100 4 160 (Hz) MID: 200 4 500 4 1k 4 2k (Hz) HIG H: 3.15k 4 8k 4 10k 4 12. 5k ( Hz) îÂÂî 6HOHFWîÂÂWKH îÂÂGHVLUHGîÂÂ4 îÂÂIDFWRUîÂÂZLWKî WK H î î îÂÂî EXWWRQVî 2N 4 1N 4 1W 4 2W
îÂÂî î Loudness Adjustment (Lo udn E ss) The Loudne ss functio n com pensate s for deficienc ies in the low and hig h sound ranges at low volum e. You can sel ect a desi red Lou dne ss level. îÂÂî 3U HVVîÂÂWKHîÂÂ$8', 2îÂÂEXWWRQîÂÂDQGîÂÂV H OHFWîÂÂWKHîÂÂ/RX GQH V VîÂÂP R GHîÂÂîÂÂ/R XGQ V VîÂÂîÂÂLQîÂÂWKHîÂÂ$XGLRî 0HQXî î Subwoofer Output ( Sub W - 1) When a Su bwoofer i s conne cted, swi tch Sub w oo fer outp ut ON. Initially , Subw oofer ou tput is OFF. The Subw oo fer output ph ase can be swi t ched bet ween normal , or 0ð (âÂÂPhase: NORâÂÂ), and reverse, or 180ð(âÂÂPhase:REVâÂÂ). 0ð is the default phase. 1RWHî â¢ Whe n th e Subwoofe r Contr olle r sett i ng is â Sub woo fer control Ex terna lâ , you ca nn ot switch th e Subwoofer ON/OFF mode. In this case, this set ting is not necessary. (Refer to page 68.) ⢠Select the OFF settin g whe n you do not want the Subw oofer to ope rate. îÂÂî 3U HVVîÂÂWKHîÂÂ$8', 2îÂÂEXWWRQîÂÂDQGîÂÂV H OHFWîÂÂWKHîÂÂ6 XEZRR IHUîÂÂ21îÂÂ2))îÂÂP R GHîÂÂîÂÂ6XEîÂÂ: îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂLQî WKHîÂÂ$XGLR îÂÂ0HQXî îÂÂî 6ZLWFKîÂÂWKHîÂÂ/RXGQHVV îÂÂIXQFWLR Qî 21 îÂÂ2 ))î ZLW K îÂÂW KH î î îÂÂî EXWWR QVî îÂÂî 6HOHFWîÂÂWKH îÂÂGHVLUHGîÂÂOHYHOîÂÂZLWKîÂÂWKHî î îÂÂî EXWWRQVî Low 4 Mid 4 High îÂÂî 6ZLWFKî WKHîÂÂ6XEZRRIHUî RXWSXWîÂÂ21î 2))îÂÂZ LWKîÂÂWKHî î îÂÂî EX WWRQVî îÂÂî &KDQJHîÂÂWKHîÂÂSKDVH îÂÂRIîÂÂ6XEZRRIHUî RXWSXWîÂÂZLWKîÂÂWKHî î î î EXWWR QVîÂÂ
îÂÂî $XGLR îÂÂ$GMXV WP HQW î Subwoofer Setting Adjustment (Sub W -2) When th e Subwo ofer ou tput is ON , y ou can a djust the cu t-off fre que ncy and the outpu t lev el of Sub woo fer. îÂÂî 3UHVVîÂÂW KHîÂÂ$8',2î E XWWRQîÂÂD QGî VHOHFWîÂÂWKHî 6XEZRRIHUîÂÂVHWWLQJî P RGHîÂÂîÂÂ6XEîÂÂ: îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂLQî W KHî $XGLR îÂÂ0 HQXî 1RWHî â¢ You ca n select t he Subwoofer settin g mo de onl y w hen Subwo ofe r out put is sw it ch ed ON in the Subwoo fer ON/OFF mode. î Non-Fading Output (Non Fad E -1 ) When the Non- Fading Out pu t se tti ng is ON, the au d i o si gn a l do es no t pas s thro ug h thi s unit â s low pass filte r (for the S ubwoofe r), but is o utput th rough th e RCA o utput. 1RWHî â¢ Whe n t he Sub woof er C ontrol le r set ting is only âÂÂSub woofe r contr ol E xtern al âÂÂ, you can switch t he Non-Fa di ng Out put ON/O FF mode. (Refe r to page 68.) îÂÂî 3UHVVî WKHîÂÂ$8',2î EXWWRQîÂÂDQGîÂÂVHOHFWî WKHîÂÂ1RQîÂÂ)DGLQJî 2XWSXWîÂÂ21îÂÂ2))î P RGHî îÂÂ1RQî )DG îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂLQîÂÂWKHîÂÂ$XGLRîÂÂ0HQXî îÂÂî 6HOHFWîÂÂWKH îÂÂIU HTXHQF\îÂÂWRîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî ]îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî ]î RUîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî ]îÂÂZ LWKîÂÂWKHî îÂÂîÂÂî î EXWWRQVî îÂÂî ,QFUHDVHîÂÂRUîÂÂGHFUHDVHîÂÂWKHîÂÂRX WSXWî OHYHOîÂÂZLWKîÂÂWKHî î î î EX WW RQVî The disp l ay shows â 6â â âÂÂâ 6 âÂÂ. îÂÂî 6ZLWFKîÂÂWKHîÂÂ1RQîÂÂ)DGLQJîÂÂRXWSXWî 21 îÂÂ2 ))î ZLW K îÂÂW KH î î îÂÂî EXWWR QVîÂÂ
îÂÂî î Non-Fading Output Level Adjustment (Non Fa DE -2) Whe n the Non -Fa di ng ou tput is ON , y ou can ad ju st the le ve l o f No n-Fadi ng ou tpu t. îÂÂî 3U HVVîÂÂWKHîÂÂ$8', 2îÂÂEXWWRQîÂÂDQGîÂÂV HOH FWîÂÂWKHîÂÂ1RQîÂÂ)DGLQJîÂÂ2XWSXWîÂÂVHWWLQJîÂÂP R GHî îÂÂ1RQîÂÂ)DG îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂLQîÂÂWKHîÂÂ$XGLR îÂÂ0HQXî 1RWHî â¢ You can select t he Non Fading Output setting mode only when Non Fading Output is switched ON in the Non Fading Output ON/OFF mode. î High Pass Filt er (High Pa ss) Whe n yo u do not want soun d in the S ubwoo fer out p ut fre quenc y rang e ou tput f rom th e front or re ar speaker s, switch th e High P ass Filter ON. Only h igher fre quencies th an those in the select ed range are o utput from the fron t and rear s peakers. îÂÂî 3U HVVîÂÂWKHîÂÂ$8',2îÂÂEXWWR QîÂÂDQGîÂÂVHOHFWîÂÂWKH î LJKîÂÂ3D VVîÂÂ)LOWHUîÂÂP RGHîÂÂî LJKîÂÂ3DVVîÂÂîÂÂLQîÂÂWKHî $XGLR îÂÂ0 HQXî 3UHFDXWLRQî â¢ Do not swit ch F.I.E . fun ct io n and H igh Pass Filte r func tion ON at the sa me ti me. îÂÂî ,QFUHDVHîÂÂRUîÂÂGHFUHDVHîÂÂWKHîÂÂOH YHOî ZLWKîÂÂWKHî î îÂÂî EXWWRQVî The disp lay shows âÂÂ0 â â âÂÂâ 15âÂÂ. îÂÂî 6ZLWFKîÂÂWKHî LJKîÂÂ3D VVîÂÂ)LOWHUî IXQFWLRQîÂÂ21îÂÂ2))îÂÂZLWKîÂÂWKHî î îÂÂî î EXWWRQVî îÂÂî 6HOHFWîÂÂWKH îÂÂGHVLUHGîÂÂIU HTXHQF\îÂÂZLWKî WK Hî î îÂÂî EXWWRQVî 50 4 80 4 125 (H z)
îÂÂî $XGLR îÂÂ$GMXV WP HQW î Front Image Enhancer Function (FIE) The F.I.E. (Front Image Enhancer) function is a simple method o f enhancing front imaging by cut ting mi d- a nd h igh- r ange freque ncy out put from the rear speaker s, l im itin g thei r outp ut to low-rang e frequenc ies. You ca n sel ect the freque ncy you want t o cut. îÂÂî 3UHVVîÂÂWKHîÂÂ$8',2îÂÂEXWWRQ îÂÂDQGîÂÂVHOHFWîÂÂWKH îÂÂ) îÂÂ,îÂÂ(îÂÂîÂÂPR GHîÂÂîÂÂ),( îÂÂîÂÂLQîÂÂWK HîÂÂ$XGLR îÂÂ0HQXî 1RWHî â¢ Afte r switchin g the F.I.E. fun ctio n ON, sel ect th e Fade r/Bala nce mo de in t he Aud io Menu, and a djust front and rear sp eake r volum e l evels u ntil they are bala nced. ⢠When t he R ear Spea ke r Out put se t ting is â Sub woofer output âÂÂ, you c annot swit ch the F.I.E. mode . (Ref er to pag e 68.) ⢠Switch the F.I.E. func tion OF F when using a 2-speaker system . 3UHFDXWLRQî â¢ Do not switch F. I.E. func ti on and High Pa ss Filter func ti on ON at the same time. ⢠When the F.I.E. func tion is deact ivated, t he re ar spea kers outpu t sound of al l frequ encies, no t just ba ss sound s. Reduc e the volum e b efore di sengagin g F.I .E. to p reven t a sudden increa se in vol ume. îÂÂî 6ZLWFKîÂÂWKHîÂÂ) îÂÂ,îÂÂ(îÂÂîÂÂIXQFWLRQ î 21 îÂÂ2 ))î ZLW K îÂÂW KH î î îÂÂî EXWWR QVî îÂÂî 6HOHFWîÂÂWKH îÂÂGHVLUHGîÂÂIU HTXHQF\îÂÂZLWKî WK Hî î îÂÂî EXWWRQVî 100 4 160 4 250 (H z)
îÂÂî î Source Level Adjustment (SLA) Function The SLA (Sourc e Level Adjustm ent) fun ction p revents rad ical lea ps in vol ume level when switchi ng betwe en sou rces. Settings a re b ased o n the FM volu me le vel, which re mains unc han ged. îÂÂî &RP S DUHîÂÂWKHîÂÂ)0 îÂÂYROXP HîÂÂZLWKîÂÂWKHîÂÂYROXP HîÂÂRIîÂÂWKHîÂÂRWKH UîÂÂVRXUFHîÂÂî îÂÂHîÂÂJîÂÂîÂÂ% XLOWîÂÂLQîÂÂ&'îÂÂSOD\HUî îÂÂî 3U HVVîÂÂWKHîÂÂ$8', 2îÂÂEXWWRQîÂÂDQGîÂÂVHOH FWîÂÂWKHîÂÂ6 /$îÂÂP R GHîÂÂîÂÂ6/$îÂÂîÂÂLQîÂÂWKH îÂÂ$XGLRîÂÂ0HQXî 1RWHî â¢ Sinc e the FM volume is the contr ol, SLA is not possible in t he FM m odes. ⢠The MW /LW volu me level, which is d ifferent from t he FM base setting volum e le vel, c an al so be adj usted si mil ar to sour ces ot her tha n tune r. ⢠The Bui lt-in CD pla yer and Mul ti-CD play er a re s et to t he sa me volu me adjus tmen t s etting aut omati call y. îÂÂî ,QFUHDVHîÂÂRUîÂÂGHFUHDVHîÂÂWKHîÂÂOH YHOî ZLWKîÂÂWKHî î îÂÂî EXWWRQVî The disp lay shows â 4 â â âÂÂâ 4âÂÂ.
îÂÂî 'HWDFKLQJîÂÂD QGîÂÂ5H SODFL QJîÂÂWKHîÂÂ) URQWîÂÂ3D QHO Theft Protec tio n The fron t pane l of the head un it is detac hab le to disco ura g e theft. 3UHFDXWLRQî â¢ Neve r use fo rce or gri p th e display t igh tly whe n re mo ving or re pl acin g the front pa ne l. ⢠Avoid subjec ti ng the fro nt panel to ex cessiv e shoc ks. ⢠Keep the fron t pane l out of direc t sun li ght and hig h te mp erat ures. î Detaching the Front Panel î Replaci ng the Front Panel îÂÂî 0DNHîÂÂVXUHîÂÂWKHîÂÂLQQHUîÂÂFR YHUîÂÂLV îÂÂFORV H Gî î W arning T one If the front panel is n ot detache d within 5 se conds after the igni tion is tu rned off, a wa rning ton e will sound. 1RWHî â¢ Yo u ca n canc el the warn in g tone fu ncti on. (R e f er to page 67. ) îÂÂî 2SHQîÂÂWKHîÂÂIU RQWîÂÂSDQHOî 3UHFDX WLRQî â¢ A few seconds after tu rning the ignition switch to ON/OFF, the front pa ne l autom ati c ally mov es. Wh en this happ ens, you r finger s may become jamm ed in th e p anel, so keep your hand s away from i t. îÂÂî 6OLGHîÂÂDQGîÂÂUHP R YHîÂÂWKHîÂÂIURQWîÂÂSDQHOîÂÂWRZDUGîÂÂ\RXî Take ca re not t o grip the f r ont pa nel tight ly or drop it. 3UHFDX WLRQî â¢ When removin g the fro nt panel , be sure to pr ess the c orrugate d releas e sect io n on the re ar of the front pa nel whi le pull i ng. Rele ase Secti on îÂÂî 8VHîÂÂWKHîÂÂSURWHFWLYHîÂÂFDVHîÂÂSURYLGHGîÂÂWRîÂÂVWRUHîÂÂFDUU\î WKHî GHWDFKHGîÂÂIURQWî SD QHOî îÂÂî 5HSODFHîÂÂWKH îÂÂIU RQWîÂÂSDQHOîÂÂE\îÂÂFOLSSLQ JîÂÂLWîÂÂLQWRîÂÂSODFHîÂÂ
îÂÂî ,QLWLD OîÂÂ6HWW LQJ Ente ring t he Init ial Set ting Men u With t his menu , yo u can perfo rm initia l setting s for the pr oduct . îÂÂî 7 XUQ îÂÂWKHîÂÂVRX U FHîÂÂ2)) î îÂÂî (QWHUîÂÂWKHîÂÂ,QLWLDOîÂÂ6H WWL QJîÂÂ0HQXî îÂÂî 6HOH FWîÂÂWKHîÂÂGHVLUHGîÂÂP RG Hî îÂÂî 2SHUDWHîÂÂDîÂÂP RGHî îÂÂî &DQFHOîÂÂWKHîÂÂ,Q LWLDOîÂÂ6HWWLQJîÂÂ0HQXî 1RWHî â¢ Holding down the FUNCTIO N button for 2 second s also cancels the Initial Setting Menu. Hold for 2 seconds Each press changes t he Mode ...
îÂÂî ,QLWL DOîÂÂ6HWW LQJ Initi al Set t i ng Me nu Funct ions The I nitial Se tting Menu fe atur es the fo llowin g functi ons. î Changing the FM T uning Step (FM tuning step) Normal ly set at 50 kHz du ring See k tu ning i n the F M mode, the t uning step cha nges t o 10 0 kHz when the AF or TA m ode is a ctiva ted. It may b e pr eferab le to set tunin g step to 50 kHz in the AF m ode. îÂÂî 3UHVVîÂÂWKHîÂÂ)81&7,21îÂÂEXWWR QîÂÂDQGîÂÂV HOHFWîÂÂWKHîÂÂ)0î 7 X QLQJîÂÂ6 WHSîÂÂP RGH îÂÂîÂÂ)0 îÂÂWXQ LQJî VWHSîÂÂîÂÂLQîÂÂWKH îÂÂ,QLWLDOîÂÂ6HWWLQJîÂÂ0 HQXî 1RWHî â¢ The t uning step r emains set at 50 kHz d uring Manu al tun ing. ⢠The t uning step return s to 100 kHz if t he b attery is tem pora rily disconne cted . î Setting the DAB Priority Function (DAB Priority) When a Hide-away DAB tu ner (e.g. GEX-P9 00DABII) is connected, you can set the product in this mo de so tha t the inte rrupt ion of traffic info rmation from the Hid e-away DAB tun er takes preced ence over t his produc tâ s RDS Tr affi c Announce ment (TA) func t ion. î When it i s ON During DAB rec eption, when the s elected Service Compon ent su pports Road T raffic F lashes and Transp ort Flas hes, re ception is not in terrupte d by th is prod uctâÂÂs RDS Traffi c Anno un cement ( TA). î When it i s OFF Interrupt ion is b y the first recei ved news fla sh fro m among th is prod uctâÂÂs RDS and the hide - away DAB tr affi c in form ation broad casts. îÂÂî 3UHVVîÂÂWKHîÂÂ)81&7,21îÂÂEXWWR QîÂÂDQGîÂÂV H OHFWîÂÂWKHîÂÂ'$%îÂÂ3ULRUL W\îÂÂ6HWWLQJîÂÂP RGH î îÂÂ'$%îÂÂ3ULRULW\îÂÂîÂÂLQîÂÂWKHîÂÂ,QLWLDOîÂÂ6H WWLQJîÂÂ0HQXîÂÂî 1RWHî â¢ You ca n only selec t to the DAB Priorit y Settin g mode when a se parate ly sold Hide -away DA B tu ner (e.g. GE X-P900DA BII) i s connec ted. îÂÂî 6HOHFWîÂÂWKH îÂÂGHVLUHGîÂÂWXQLQJîÂÂVWHS î ZLWKîÂÂWKHî î îÂÂî îÂÂEXWWRQ Vî îÂÂî 6ZLWFKîÂÂWKHîÂÂ'$%îÂÂ3U LRULW\îÂÂ6HWWLQJî 21 îÂÂ2 ))î ZLW K îÂÂW KH î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂEXWWRQVîÂÂ
îÂÂî î Swit ching the A ut o PI Seek (A uto PI Se ek ) During Pr eset Sta tio n PI Seek ope ration, yo u can swi tc h the Auto PI S eek fu nction ON/ OFF. (Refer to âÂÂPI Seek Fu nctionâ on page 39.) îÂÂî 3U HVVî WKHî )81&7,21îÂÂEXWWRQî DQGî V HOHFWî WKHî $XWRî 3,î 6H H N î P R GHî îÂÂ$XWR î 3,î 6HHNîÂÂî LQî WKHîÂÂ,QLWLDOîÂÂ6HWWLQ JîÂÂ0HQXî î Setting the W arning T one (W ar ning T one) You can switc h the Warni ng T one func tion ON/ OFF. ( Refer to âÂÂWarni ng To ne â on p age 64.) îÂÂî 3U HVVî WKHî )81&7 ,21îÂÂEXWWRQî DQGî VHOHFWî WKHî : DUQLQJî 7 RQ Hî P RGHî îÂÂ: DUQLQJî 7 RQH îÂÂî LQîÂÂWKHîÂÂ,QLWLDOîÂÂ6H WWLQJîÂÂ0HQXî î Switching the AUX Mode (AUX) It is possible to use auxiliary (AUX) equipment with this p roduct. Activate the AUX mode whe n using external eq uipm ent with this produc t. îÂÂî 3U HVVîÂÂWKHîÂÂ)81&7 ,21îÂÂEX WWRQîÂÂDQGîÂÂVHOHFWîÂÂWKH îÂÂ$8;îÂÂ6H WWLQJîÂÂP R GH îÂÂîÂÂ$8;îÂÂîÂÂLQîÂÂWKH î ,QLWLDOîÂÂ6HWWLQJîÂÂ0HQXî îÂÂî 6ZLWFKî WK Hî $XWR î 3,î 6HHN î 21îÂÂ2))î ZLWKîÂÂWKHî î îÂÂî îÂÂEXWWRQVî îÂÂî 6ZLWFKîÂÂWKHîÂÂ: DUQLQJîÂÂ7 R QHîÂÂ21î 2))îÂÂZ LWKîÂÂWKHî î îÂÂî îÂÂEXWWR QVî îÂÂî 6ZLWFKîÂÂWKHîÂÂ$8;îÂÂ21îÂÂ2))îÂÂZ LWKî WK Hî î îÂÂî îÂÂEXWWRQVîÂÂ
îÂÂî ,QLWL DOîÂÂ6HWW LQJ î Swit ching the Rear S peaker Output (Rear Speaker Out) This product's rear speaker leads can be used for full-range speaker (âÂÂFull Range outputâÂÂ) or Subwoo fer (âÂÂSu b woo fer outpu tâÂÂ) connec tion. If you switch Rear Speak er Lead s etting to th e âÂÂSu b woofe r ou tputâ , yo u can connec t a re ar sp eaker le ad d irectl y to a Subwo ofer with out usi ng an a uxi li ary am p. îÂÂî 3UHVVîÂÂWKHîÂÂ)81&7,21îÂÂEXWWR QîÂÂDQGîÂÂVHOHFWîÂÂWKHîÂÂ5HDUîÂÂ6SH DNHUîÂÂ2XWSXWîÂÂP R GHîÂÂîÂÂ5HDUî 6SHDN HUîÂÂ2XWîÂÂîÂÂLQîÂÂWKHîÂÂ,QLWLDOîÂÂ6HWWLQJîÂÂ0HQXî 1RWHî â¢ When no Subwoofer is connect ed to th e re ar speaker l ea d, selec t âÂÂFu ll Ra nge outputâÂÂ. ⢠Even if you ch an ge to âÂÂSu b woofe r outpu tâÂÂ, the re i s no output un l ess you switc h th e Subw oof er Outpu t (re fe r to pa ge 59) i n the Audi o Me nu ON. î Setting the Subwoofer Contr ol (Sub woo fer control) When rear sp eaker leads are connecte d to full rang e speakers (wh en âÂÂF ull Rang e ou tputâ is sel ect ed), yo u can con nect the RCA Sub woof er outp ut to a S ubwoofe r. In t hi s case, you can select wheth er to use the Subw oofer controll er's (Low Pass Filter, Ph ase) built -in âÂÂInterna lâ or the aux iliary âÂÂE xt ernalâÂÂ. îÂÂî 3UHVVîÂÂWKHîÂÂ)81&7,21îÂÂEXWWR QîÂÂDQGîÂÂV HOH FWîÂÂWKHîÂÂ6XEZRRIH UîÂÂ&R QWUROîÂÂP R GHîÂÂîÂÂ6XE î ZRRIHUîÂÂFRQWUROîÂÂîÂÂLQîÂÂWKHîÂÂ,QLWLDOîÂÂ6H WWLQJîÂÂ0HQXî 1RWHî â¢ Whe n th e Rear Spea ker Ou tput is â Sub woo fer ou tputâ , yo u canno t ch ange the Subwoo fer Co ntrol ler. ⢠If you ch an ge the Subwoo fer Cont rol le r, Subwoofe r output an d Non-Fadi ng outp ut i n the Audio Menu return t o the fact ory setting s. ⢠Even i f you ch ange t his set ting, th ere is n o outpu t unless you switch the Non -Fadin g Output (re fer to page 60) or Subwoofe r Outp ut (refe r to page 59) in the Audi o Me nu ON. îÂÂî 6HOHFWîÂÂWKH îÂÂGH VLUHGîÂÂ5HDUîÂÂ6SHDN HUî 2X WîÂÂZL WK î WK Hî îÂÂîÂÂî î EXWWRQV î îÂÂî &KDQJHîÂÂWKHîÂÂ6XEZRR IHUî &RQWUROOHUîÂÂZLWKîÂÂWKHî î îÂÂî îÂÂEXWWRQ VîÂÂ
îÂÂî î Setting the Dimmer (Dimmer) To ena ble this product âÂÂs disp lay fro m being to o brigh t at nigh t, when th e vehi cleâÂÂs head lights are tur n ed ON the disp la y i s dimm e d. You ca n switch th is functi on ON/OFF. îÂÂî 3U HVVîÂÂWKH îÂÂ)81&7 ,21îÂÂEXWWR QîÂÂDQGîÂÂVHOHFWîÂÂWKH îÂÂ'LP P HUîÂÂP RGHîÂÂîÂÂ'LP P HUîÂÂîÂÂLQîÂÂWKHî ,QLWLDOîÂÂ6HWWLQJîÂÂ0HQXî î Selecting the Illumination Color (Illumination Color) This pr oduct i s equipped wi th two illumi nation c olo rs, green and re d. You can s el ect the desi red illumina tion co l or. îÂÂî 3U HVVîÂÂWKH îÂÂ)81&7 ,21îÂÂEX WWRQîÂÂDQGîÂÂVHOH FWîÂÂWKH îÂÂ,OO XP LQ DWLRQîÂÂ&R OR UîÂÂP RGH î îÂÂ,OOXP LQ DWLR QîÂÂ&R OR UîÂÂîÂÂLQîÂÂWKHîÂÂ,QLWLDOîÂÂ6H WWLQJîÂÂ0HQXî îÂÂî 6ZLWFKî WKH î 'LP P HUî 2 1îÂÂ2))î ZLWKî WK Hî î îÂÂî îÂÂEXWWRQVî îÂÂî 6HOHFWîÂÂWKH îÂÂGHVLUHGîÂÂLOOXP LQ DWLRQî FRORUîÂÂZLWKîÂÂWKHî î îÂÂî îÂÂEXWWRQVîÂÂ
îÂÂî ,QLWL DOîÂÂ6HWW LQJ î Selecting the W all Paper (W all Pa per) This pro duct is e qui pped wit h thre e type s of wa ll pape r. îÂÂî 3UHVVî WKHî )81& 7,21î E XWWRQî DQG î VHOHFWî WK Hî : DOOî 3DSHUî P RGHî îÂÂ: DOOî 3DSHUîÂÂî LQî WKH î ,QLWLDOîÂÂ6HWWLQJîÂÂ0HQXî î Selecting the Brightness (Brightness) You ca n select the display brightn ess. The display shows âÂÂ0 â â âÂÂ31âÂÂ. îÂÂî 3UHVVîÂÂWKHîÂÂ)81&7,21îÂÂEX WWR QîÂÂDQGîÂÂV HOHFWîÂÂWKHîÂÂ%ULJKWQH VV îÂÂP RGH îÂÂîÂÂ%ULJKWQHVVîÂÂîÂÂLQîÂÂWK H î ,QLWLDOîÂÂ6HWWLQJîÂÂ0HQXî îÂÂî 6HOHFWîÂÂWKH îÂÂGH VLUHGîÂÂ: DOOîÂÂ3DSHUî ZLWKîÂÂWKHî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂEXWWRQVî îÂÂî 6HOHFWî WKHî GHVLUHGî %ULJKWQHVVî ZLWKî WK Hî î îÂÂî îÂÂEXWWRQVîÂÂ
îÂÂî 5)3 îÂÂ$OH UWîÂÂ)XQF WLRQ In ad dition to the Rem ovable Front P anel, Pi oneer ha s inc orporated a new feat ure â 5HP RYDEOHî )URQWî 3DQHOî $OHUWô . Th is feature is d esigned to prote ct your ne w Pionee r car stereo as wel l as your v ehicle co nt ents . Acti vating the RF P Ale rt Fe atur e Pione er has d evelo ped a men u displ ay tha t allows you to s et -up you r RFP Al er t to mee t your personal n eeds. By sc rollin g throug h thi s menu it is po ssible to se lect y our ow n âÂÂEntry Delay TimeâÂÂ, âÂÂS peaker Ou tp ut Volumeâ and âÂÂDoor System TypeâÂÂ. Initially from the facto ry the RFP Alert feature is not a ctivate d. Settin g Entry Delay T ime Initially the âÂÂEntry Delay Time â is s et to 15 second s. The âÂÂEntry Delay Timeâ can be adjuste d to b e 0, 5, 15, 30, 45 or 60 s econds. îÂÂî 6HOHFWîÂÂWKHîÂÂ5)3îÂÂ$OHUWîÂÂ)HDWXUHîÂÂ21î 2))îÂÂPR GH îÂÂîÂÂ')6îÂÂ$ODUP î 5)3î $OHUWîÂÂî LQî WKHîÂÂ,QLWLDOî 6H WWLQJî 0HQXîÂÂî îÂÂ5HIHUîÂÂWRîÂÂSDJHîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî 3U HVVîÂÂWKH î î îÂÂEXWWRQîÂÂWRîÂÂVZLWFKîÂÂWKHî 5)3îÂÂ$OHUWîÂÂ)HDWXU HîÂÂ21î Press the î butt on to d eactiv ate th e RFP Alert Featu re. îÂÂî 3U HVVîÂÂWKHîÂÂ)81&7, 21îÂÂEXWWRQ îÂÂIRUî îÂÂîÂÂVHFRQGVîÂÂWRîÂÂHQWH UîÂÂWKH îÂÂ5)3îÂÂ$OHUWî 6HWWLQJîÂÂ0 HQXî îÂÂî 'HFUHDVHîÂÂRUîÂÂLQFUHDVHîÂÂWKHîÂÂó(QWU\î 'HOD\îÂÂ7 LP HôîÂÂZLWKîÂÂWKHî îÂÂîÂÂî î EXWWRQVî îÂÂî 3U HVVîÂÂWKHîÂÂ)81&7, 21îÂÂEXWWRQîÂÂWRî P RYHîÂÂWRîÂÂWKHîÂÂQH[ W îÂÂVHOHFWLRQîÂÂ
îÂÂî 5) 3îÂÂ$OH UWîÂÂ) XQFWLRQ Acti vatin g Inte rna l Spea ker ON/OF F This fe atu re allo ws yo u to se lec t wh et he r o r no t t he spea k er ou tpu t is sou nded wh en th e âÂÂR FP Alertâ is trig gered. Init ially from the factory th e speaker o utput is acti vated. Tog gling bet ween î , î butto ns al l ows you to deac tivate or act ivat e th e âÂÂS peaker Ou tp utâÂÂ. If you swi tch the speak er output OFF, yo u canno t change t he âÂÂTest ModeâÂÂ. î Speaker V olume Output Adjustment If the âÂÂSpea ker Outputâ h as been sel ected then it is possible to adjust the v olume of the spe aker output fo r when the Alert is trig gered. To adju st the volume you must engage th e âÂÂTest ModeâÂÂ. 1RWHî â¢ If the âÂÂSpeaker Outputâ is turned OFF, then this menu will not appear. îÂÂî 6HOHFWîÂÂWKHîÂÂó7 H VWîÂÂ0RGHôîÂÂZ LWKîÂÂWKHî î îÂÂEXWWR Qî îÂÂî 3U HVVîÂÂWKH î î îÂÂEXWWR QîÂÂWRîÂÂVZLWFKîÂÂWKHî ó7 HV Wî 0RG H ôîÂÂ2 1î In this mode the speak ers will sound. îÂÂî 'HFUHDVHîÂÂRUîÂÂLQFUHDVHîÂÂWKHîÂÂYROXP Hî ZLWKîÂÂWKHîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂñîÂÂEXWWRQî Display show s âÂÂ10â â âÂÂ40âÂÂ. îÂÂî $IWHUîÂÂVHWWLQJîÂÂYROXP HîÂÂîÂÂVZLWFKîÂÂWKHî ó7 HV Wî 0RG H ôîÂÂ2 )) îÂÂZL WK îÂÂWK H î î î EXWWRQî îÂÂî &DQFHOîÂÂWKHîÂÂó7 HVWîÂÂ0RGH ôîÂÂZLWKîÂÂWKHî î îÂÂEXWWR Qî îÂÂî 3U HVVîÂÂWKHîÂÂ)81&7, 21îÂÂEXWWRQîÂÂWRî P RYHîÂÂWRîÂÂWKHîÂÂQH[ W îÂÂVHOHFWLRQîÂÂ
îÂÂî Sele ct ing Door Switc hing Systems It is neces sary to sele ct the correct âÂÂD oo r System Ty peâ (Negative or Po sitive swi tching) for that of y o ur ve hicle . In iti all y, the sy stem i s set f or ve hicle s with th e gro undi ng ty pe (Nega tive switc hi ng). Select t he correct âÂÂDo or Sy stem Typ eâ of yo ur vehi cl e from below. î Door System Confirmation The door syst em confirma tion feature was i ncorporated t o ensure that the correct door syst em type has been selected. (e.g. Set to âÂÂDoor Sys tem: Positiveâ for JAGUAR vehicles.) î V ehicles to select âÂÂDoo r Syste m: Negative, Current mode: Closeâ EUROPEAN, JAPANESE, GM, CHRYSLER î V ehicles to selec t âÂÂDoor Syst em: Positive , Curren t mode: C loseâ JAGUAR, MERCEDES*, FORD, etc. * Some Mode ls Only. î 6HOH FWîÂÂó'RRUîÂÂ6\VWHP îÂÂîÂÂ1HJDWLYHôî RUîÂÂó'RRUîÂÂ6\VWHP îÂÂîÂÂ3R VLWLYHôîÂÂZ LWKî WK Hî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂEXWWRQVî îÂÂî )LUVWîÂÂî FO RVHî DOOî WKHî YHKLFOHîÂÂV î G RRUVîÂÂî ,IîÂÂWKHîÂÂFRUUHFWîÂÂGRRUîÂÂV\VWHP îÂÂW\SHî KDVî EHH Qî VHOHFWHGî WKHQî WKHî 'LVS OD\î ZLOOîÂÂVKRZîÂÂó&XUU HQWîÂÂP RGH îÂÂî &ORVH ôî If not, select the alt ernative do or system ty pe by pres sing the î or î butt o n. La stly , conf i rm ea ch d oor trigg ers th e Al ert by open ing a nd closin g each veh icleâ s door. îÂÂî $VîÂÂWKHîÂÂYHKLFOHîÂÂV îÂÂGRRUîÂÂLVîÂÂR SHQHG î WKHîÂÂGLVS OD\îÂÂVKRX OGîÂÂFKDQJH î DFFRUGLQJO\îÂÂîÂÂó&XUU HQWîÂÂP R GHîÂÂî &ORVH ôî ñî ó&XUUHQWî P RGH îÂÂî 2SH Q ôîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ
îÂÂî 5) 3îÂÂ$OH UWîÂÂ) XQFWLRQ 1RWHî â¢ In c ase that the b attery is d isconne cted or th e RE SET b utton is p ressed, it m ay be nec essary to repro gra m the RFP Ale rt Menu, othe rwi se th is setting ne eds to be done onl y onc e. ⢠When t he R FP Alert is a rm ed, you ca nno t disarm it by pre ssing the RESET but ton. Opera ti on of âÂÂRFP Al ert â Providin g the installa tion and sett ing o f the âÂÂRFP Alert Setti ng Menuâ ha s bee n perfo rmed correctly, opera tion of th e âÂÂR FP Alertâ is very sim ple. Arming Alert To arm yo ur Alert simp ly turn off th e igniti on and detac h the front pan el, as des cribed on page 64. After detac hing the fron t panel th e âÂÂRFP Alertâ will autom atically arm itse lf after 3 0 seconds, pro viding all of the do ors are closed. If afte r 30 seconds, a do or still remains ope n the RFP Alert will not arm until the last do or ha s been closed. Afte r closing all o f the doors, ensure that th ey are secure ly lo cked. The L ED indicato r on the head u nit will flash as a v isual deter rent. You r ve hicle i s now pr otecte d by you r âÂÂRFP Al ertâ . Disarmi ng Alert Upon ente ring your vehic le, and within the âÂÂEn try Delay T imeâ set wit h in the âÂÂRFP Alert Men uâÂÂ, att ach your Pi oneer F ront P a ne l as de scr ibed on page 64 . If you h ave fo rgotten your remo vable front panel, simply i nsert th e igni tion k ey i n the ig nitio n and turn t h e key from âÂÂO FFâ to âÂÂONâ within the âÂÂE ntry Delay TimeâÂÂ. îÂÂî 3U HVVîÂÂWKHîÂÂ%$1'îÂÂEXWWRQîÂÂDQGî FDQFHOîÂÂWKHîÂÂ5)3îÂÂ$OHUWîÂÂ6HWWLQJî 0H Q X î Settin g of th e âÂÂRFP Alertâ is now comple te.
îÂÂî Entry Detection If the âÂÂRFP Alertâ was not disarmed in ac cordance with âÂÂDisarming Al ertâÂÂ, the âÂÂRFP Al ert â will be triggered. Th e âÂÂRFP Alertâ will sound for 60 seconds and will repeat 5 times if any door is left op en or re opened . After the fifth time the âÂÂRF P Alertâ wil l reset to prev ent cont inuous soun ding and preve nt your batt ery fro m disch arg ing. 3UHFDXWLRQî â¢ Upon re turnin g to your ve hicle a nd befor e openi ng any doors, che c k to see if t he LE D indi ca tor is s ti ll flas hin g. If the LED is no l ong er flas h ing , i t in dica tes tha t th e Al ert has sounde d. Disa rm ing , as describ ed above, is sti ll necessary.
îÂÂî 2WKHU îÂÂ)XQFWL RQV Switc hing t he Ente rtainme nt Disp lay You ca n chang e th e displa y to the mo vi e screens , etc. whi l e list ening t o each source. (e.g. MOVIE SCREEN M ODE 1) î 6HOH FWîÂÂWKHîÂÂGHVLUHGîÂÂ(QWHUWDLQP HQWîÂÂ'LVSOD\ î Each pre ss of the ENTERTAINME NT butt on chan ges the display in the followin g order: LEVEL INDICATOR 3 MOVIE SCREEN MODE 1 3 MOVI E SCREEN M ODE 2 3 Display befo re enterin g the Ente rtainmen t Display Using t he PGM Butto n (Progra m Fun cti on) The PG M bu tton ca n memori ze one of t he func tions in the Func tion M enu. It is pos sibl e t o memorize a di ffere nt func tion f or eac h sour ce. î Setting th e P GM Button îÂÂî 6HOH FWîÂÂWKHîÂÂ3*0 îÂÂEXWWRQîÂÂV îÂÂVHWWLQJîÂÂP RGHîÂÂîÂÂ3URJUDPîÂÂ)XQFWLR QîÂÂîÂÂLQîÂÂWKHîÂÂ'HWDLOHGî 6HWWLQ JîÂÂ0 HQXîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ5HIHUîÂÂWRîÂÂSDJHîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî 6HOH FWîÂÂWKHîÂÂIXQFWLRQîÂÂ\RX îÂÂZD QWîÂÂWRîÂÂP HP RUL]H îÂÂLQîÂÂWKHîÂÂ3*0îÂÂEXWWRQî îÂÂî 0HPR UL]HîÂÂWKHîÂÂIXQFWLR QîÂÂLQîÂÂ3*0îÂÂEXWWRQî Pressing the BAND b utton ca ncels the Detailed Setting Menu. Each press changes the Display . .. Hold for 2 secon ds
îÂÂî î Using the PGM Button The PGM butto n op erat es in a d iffe rent way depe ndin g on the fun ction pr ogra mme d (m emo ri zed ). î 8V HîÂÂWKHîÂÂ3*0î EXWWRQî îÂÂî T uner îÂÂî Built-in CD Pla yer î Multi -CD Player )XQFWLRQîÂÂ1DPHîÂÂîÂÂ'LVSOD\î 3UHVV ROGîÂÂIRUîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂVHF RQGV Best Stations M emory (BSM) OFF ON Regiona l Fun ction (Re gi ona l) ON/OFF â âÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâ Loca l S eek Tu nin g ( Loca l) ON/ OF F E nter ing the Lo ca l Se ek Sensit ivit y mo de )XQFWLRQîÂÂ1DPHîÂÂîÂÂ'LVSOD\î 3UHVV ROGîÂÂIRUîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂVHF RQGV Pause (Pause) ON/OFF â âÂÂâÂÂâ â Repeat Pla y (Repe at) ON/OFF âÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâ â Rando m Play (Rando m) ON/OFF âÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâ â )XQFWLRQîÂÂ1DPHîÂÂîÂÂ'LVSOD\î 3UHVV ROGîÂÂIRUîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂVHF RQGV Pause (Pause) ON/OFF â âÂÂâÂÂâ â Repe at P la y (Re pe at) Se le c ti ng the m ode âÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâ â Rando m Play (Rando m) ON/OFF âÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâ â Disc L ist ( List) Enter the LIST m ode âÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâ ITS (ITS) ITS Memory ON/OFF
îÂÂî 2WKHU îÂÂ)XQFWL RQV Using the AUX Source It is possible to u se auxiliary (AUX) equipment with this product. To listen to aux iliary eq u ipm ent, switch the AUX Mode in the Initia l Sett ing Menu ON, and then sel e ct the desi red source. î Selecting the AUX Source î 6HOH FWîÂÂ$8;îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ5HIHUîÂÂWRîÂÂSDJHîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î AUX Title Input The display title for AUX Sou rce can be changed. îÂÂî 6HOH FWîÂÂWKHîÂÂ$X [îÂÂ7LWOHîÂÂ,QSXWîÂÂP R GHîÂÂîÂÂ7LWOHîÂÂ,QSXWîÂÂ$%&îÂÂîÂÂLQîÂÂWKHîÂÂ'HWDLOHGîÂÂ6HWWLQJîÂÂ0HQXî îÂÂî ,QSX WîÂÂWKHîÂÂ$X [îÂÂ7LWOHî Refer to âÂÂDisc T itle In putâ o n page 52, and p erform p rocedu res 3 to 6 in t he same way. Cellula r T eleph one Mut ing Sound fro m this system is muted a utoma tically whe n a cal l is made or re ceived usin g a cellu lar tel e p hone conn ected to thi s prod uct. ⢠The s oun d is t urned of f , âÂÂMU TEâ is di sp layed and no au dio ad j ustme nt is possi ble. Operati on returns to norma l when the pho ne connect i on is ende d. Each press changes t he Source ... Hold for 2 second s
îÂÂî &'îÂÂ3O D\HU îÂÂDQGîÂÂ&D UH Prec aution ⢠Check al l CDs befo re play ing an d di scard cr ac ked, sc ratche d or warp ed di scs. ⢠Playb ack by this p roduct of a CD-R disc recorded on a CD record er may no t be possibl e due to chara cteristic s of th e disc, scra tches o r dirt o n the d isc, or d irt or c onden sation o n thi s prod uctâ s op tical pickup le ns . ⢠Store discs in th eir cases wh en no t in use. ⢠Keep discs out of di r ect sunl ight an d h igh temp erature s. ⢠Do not a ffix lab el s or appl y chemic als to d isc s. ⢠Conden sation m ay coll ect inside the pla yer when using th e heat er in col d weather, in terfering with play back. Turn it off for an ho ur or so a nd wipe dam p di scs with a so f t cloth. ⢠Road shocks may interrupt CD playback. ⢠Play only CDs bearing the Comp act Disc Di gi tal Audio mark. (If a CD fe atures the top right mark on its disc title side , th at disc is a CD TEXT disc. Th ere are also some CD TEXT di scs that do no t feature the to p rig ht mark .) ⢠This prod uct is designed for use with conventio nal, fully c ircul ar CDs only. Use of s haped CDs are not recom mended for th is pr od uc t. ⢠Read the preca utions with the CD-R discs before using. ⢠Wip e di rty or da mp disc s outwa rd from t he cent er wi th a soft cl o th . ⢠Avoid touch ing the reco rded (iridescen t) su rface whe n ha nd lin g dis c s .
îÂÂî &'îÂÂ3O D\H UîÂÂDQGîÂÂ& DUH Built -in CD Pl ayerâ s Error Me ssage When pr oblems occur with CD playba ck, an e rror message ap pears on t he displ ay. Refer to the table b elow to iden tify the problem , then take the sugg ested correc tive acti on. If the erro r pers is ts, co ntact your de a ler or yo ur ne a r es t PIONE E R Serv ice C en te r . 0HVVDJ H 3RVVLEOHîÂÂFDXVH 5HFRP P HQGHGîÂÂDFWLRQ ERROR - 11, 12 , 17 , 30 Dir ty dis c. Clea n the dis c. ERROR - 11, 12 , 17 , 30 Scr at che d d isc . Rep lac e th e dis c. ERR O R- 14 Unre corde d CD. Chec k th e disc. ERROR - 10, 11 , 12 , 14, 17, 30 , A0 Electrical or mechanical problem. T urn the ignition ON and OFF, or switch to a diffe rent sou rce, the n bac k to the CD play er. HEA T CD playe r ove rh eati ng. Dis co ntinu e play un til th e m a chine tempe r a tu re drops.
îÂÂî 6SHF LILFDW LRQV Genera l Powe r so u rc e . .. .. ... .. .. .. 14.4 V DC (10.8 â 1 5.1 V allowable) Grounding system ........ ......................... .......... Negati ve type Max. cu rre nt consu mpti on ..... .... ....... ..... .... ....... ..... .. .. 10.0 A Di me ns io ns (mounti ng size) .... .... 17 8 (W) 50 (H) 157 ( D) mm (fron t face) .. .... .... . .... .. 188 (W) 58 (H) 20 (D) mm Weigh t ..... ..... .... ....... ..... .... ....... ..... .. .... ..... ....... .... ..... ... 1.8 kg Audio Maxim um p ower outp ut ..... ..... ....... .... ... .... ..... ....... 45 W 4 45 W 2 ch/ 4 70 W 1 ch/2 (for Subwoofer) Continuous power output ...................................... . 27 W 4 (DIN45324, B = 14.4 V) Load impe d an ce ....... .... 4 (4 â 8 [2 for 1 ch] allow a ble ) Preout maximu m output leve l/out put im peda nce ...... ..... .. ..... .... ....... . 4.0 V/ 100 Equalize r (3- Band Parametri c Equa liz er) (Low) .......... .................. Frequency: 40/80/100/160 H z Q Factor: 0.35/0.59/0.95/1 .15 ( 6 dB when boosted) Gain: ñ12 dB (Mid) ........... .................. Frequency: 200/ 500/1k/2k H z Q Factor: 0.35/0.59/0.95/1 .15 ( 6 dB when boosted) Gain: ñ12 dB (High) .................. . Frequency: 3.15k/8k/10 k/12.5k Hz Q Factor: 0.35/0.59/0.95/1 .15 ( 6 dB when boosted) Gain: ñ12 dB Loudness contour (Low ) .... .... ....... ..... . 3.5 dB (100 Hz ), 3 dB (10 kHz) (Mid) .... ....... ......... 10 dB (100 Hz ), 6.5 dB (10 kHz) (High ) .......... ......... 11 dB ( 100 Hz), 1 1 dB (1 0 kH z) (volume: âÂÂ30 dB) HPF Frequency ............ .................................. .. 50/80/125 Hz Slope .... ................................ ...................... âÂÂ12 d B/oct. Subwoofer output Frequency ............ .................................. .. 50/80/125 Hz Slope .... ................................ ...................... âÂÂ18 d B/oct. Gain ... ..... ....... .... ... .... ..... ....... .... ..... ...... ..... ..... ... ñ12 dB Phas e .. ..... .. ..... .... ....... ..... .. ..... .... ....... ... No rma l/Re verse CD playe r Syste m ... ..... .... ......... ......... ........ Compact dis c audi o s ystem Usable dis cs ....... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... Compact d isc Sign al f ormat ..... ...... ..... .... ... Samplin g fr equ ency : 44 .1 kH z Number of quantization bits: 16; linear Frequency characteristics ... .............. 5 â 20,000 Hz (ñ1 dB) Signal-to-noi se ratio . . ........ 95 dB (1 kHz) (IEC-A network) Dyna mic ran ge ... .... ....... .... ... .... ..... ....... .... ..... . 94 dB (1 kHz) Number of channe ls ...... .... ... .... ... .... ..... ...... ..... ..... .. 2 ( ster eo) FM tuner Frequency range ......................................... 87.5 â 108 MHz Usable sensitiv ity ........... ..... .... ... ...... ... ...... ... ...... . ....... 11 dBf (1.0 õ V/75 , mono, S/N: 3 0 dB) 50 dB qui etin g sens i tivit y . ..... ..... ...... ..... .... ....... ..... .... 16 dBf (1.7 õ V/75 , mono) Sign al- to- nois e r ati o ....... ....... ..... .... 70 dB (IEC -A netwo rk ) Disto rtio n .... ......... ......... .. .... 0 .3% ( at 65 dBf , 1 k Hz, stereo ) Frequency response ... ..................... 30 â 15,000 Hz (ñ3 dB) Stereo se par ation ... ..... .. .... ... .... ..... 40 dB (a t 65 dB f, 1 kH z) MW tuner Frequency range ........................... 531 â 1,602 kHz ( 9 kHz) Usable sensitiv ity ........... ..... .... ... ...... ... .. 18 õ V (S/ N: 20 dB) Selec t ivity ..... ..... ...... ..... .... ....... ..... .. ..... .... .... 50 dB (ñ9 k Hz) L W tuner Frequency range ............................................ 153 â 281 kHz Usable sensitiv ity ........... ..... .... ... ...... ... .. 30 õ V (S/ N: 20 dB) Selec t ivity ..... ..... ...... ..... .... ....... ..... .. ..... .... .... 50 dB (ñ9 k Hz) 1RWHî â¢ Spec ification s and the d esign ar e subj ect t o possibl e mod ifi ca t ion with out not ice du e t o improve ment s.
PIONEER ELE CTRONIC CORPORATION 1-4, MEGURO 1 -CHOME, MEGURO-KU, TOKY O 153-8654, JAP AN PIONEE R ELECT RO NICS (USA) INC . P .O. Box 1760 , Long Beach, California 90801, U .S.A. TEL: (800) 421-1404 PIONEE R ELECT RO NIC (EU ROPE) N.V . Haven 1087 Keetberglaan 1, 9120 Melsele, Belgium TEL: (0) 3/570.05.1 1 PIONEER ELECTRONI CS AUSTRALIA P TY . L TD. 178-184 Boundary Road, Braeside, Victoria 3195, Australia TEL: (03) 9586-6300 PIONEER ELECTRONICS OF CA NADA, INC. 300 Allstate Parkway , Markham , Ontario L3R 0P2, Canada TEL: (905) 479-441 1 PIONEER ELECTRONI CS DE ME XICO, S.A. de C. V . San Lorenzo Num 1009 3er piso Desp. 302 Col. Del V alle, Mexico D.F . C.P . 03100 TEL: 5-688-52-90 Publish ed by P ionee r Elec tronic Corpor ation. C opyright é 19 99 by Pio neer Electr onic Cor poratio n. All r ights re served. Printed in Belgium MAN-DEH-P8100R-GB/B France: tapez 36 15 PIONEER
î &RQWH QWV Installa tion ....... ........... ...... ........... .......... 4 Instal lati on with the R ubber B ush ... ...... ... ...... ... . 4 Removin g the Uni t ....... ... ... ... .. ... ... ... ... ... ... ...... ... . 5 Installin g the Steer ing Remote Control Unit ............. ............ ..... .......... 6 Instal li ng the Unit on a Lef t- Hand- Driv e Ca r .... 7 Connectin g the Units ....... ........... ...... .... 8 Connectio n Diagram .............. ........... .. 10 RFP Alert Inst allation . ...... ........... ....... 12 Descrip tion .... ...... ... ...... ... ...... .. ...... ...... ... ...... ... .. 12 Door Switc hes ..... ... ...... ...... ... ..... ... ...... ... ...... ..... 12 DOOR SWITCH (White/yellow) .... ...... ...... ..... 13 ⢠Ground ing Ty pe Switc h ⢠Posit ive (Non -ground ing) Ty pe Switch ⢠Installing New Pin Swi tches Key Finder ....... ...... ..... ...... ...... ..... ...... .. 15 â¢H e a d U n i t ⢠Stee ri ng Re mot e Co nt rolle r Before Using This Produ ct ......... ...... .. 16 About This P roduct . .......... .............. ............ ...... 16 About Th is Manu al ...... ...... ... ..... ... ...... ...... ... ..... 16 Resetti ng th e Micr oproce ssor ....... ... ...... ... ...... .. 16 About th e Demo Mode ...... ..... ... ...... ... ...... ... ..... 17 ⢠R everse D emo ⢠Feature Dem o When usi ng the DAB (D igi t al Audi o Broadca sting) Tuner ....... ... ..... ... ...... ...... ... ..... 18 ⢠About This Produ ctâÂÂs Indic ations ⢠Opera t ion Precau tion ..... ... ...... ...... ... ...... .. ...... ... ...... ... ...... .. 21 In C ase of Troubl e ...... ......... .............. ............ ... 21 Remote Controlle r and Care ............ .. 22 Using t he Steer ing R emote Co ntrol ler ...... ...... .. 22 ⢠Changing the DSP/MAIN UNIT Swi tc h Se tt ing ⢠Bat tery Basic Opera tion ............... ........... ...... .. 24 To List en to Mu sic ....... ...... ... ..... ... ...... ... ...... ..... 24 Basic Op eratio n of Tuner ....... ...... ... ...... ...... ... .. 25 ⢠Man ua l an d S eek Tun i ng ⢠Prese t Tu ning â¢B a n d Basic Opera tion of B uilt- in C D Play er .... ...... .. 26 ⢠Swi tchi ng the D i spla y ⢠Eje ct ⢠Swi tchi ng the D i spla y (only for CD TE XT Disc s) ⢠Track Se arc h an d Fast Forward/ Re verse ⢠Disc Lo ad ing Slot ⢠Open Basic Opera tion of Mult i-CD Pla yer ..... ... ...... .. 28 ⢠Swi tchi ng the D i spla y ⢠Track Se arc h an d Fast Forward/ Re verse ⢠Dis c Se arch ⢠Switchi ng the Di sp la y (Whe n pl ay ing a CD TE XT di s c on a CD TEX T comp atib le Mult i- CD pl ayer ) ⢠Dis c Nu mber S ear ch (for 6-Disc, 12-Di sc t ype s) ⢠Disc Numbe r Rou gh Search ⢠(for 5 0-Disc type o nly) Corresp ondin g Display Indi cation s and B uttons ......... ..... ...... ... ...... ... ...... ... ...... ... .. 30 Enter ing t he Functi on Menu ......... ...... ... ...... ... .. 3 1 Functi on Menu Funct ions ...... ...... ... ...... ...... ... .. 3 2 Enter ing t he Detai led Setting Menu ...... ... ...... .. 34 Detai led Set ting Men u Fun ctions ....... ... ...... ..... 3 5 T uner Operati on ......... ............ ........... .. 36 ⢠Local Seek Tun ing (LOCAL) ⢠Best Sta tion s Memory (Be st Sta tions Memory) Using RDS F unctions ...... ...... ........... .. 37 What i s RDS? ..... ... ..... ... ...... ...... ... ...... ... ...... ... .. 37 Progra m Servic e Name Displa y ...... ...... ... ...... .. 37 AF Funct ion ( Alterna tiveF requenc y) ....... ...... .. 38 ⢠Activa ti ng/ Dea ctiva ti ng th e AF Function PI Seek Functi on ........ ...... ... ...... ...... ... ...... ... ..... 39 ⢠PI Seek ⢠Auto PI See k (fo r preset stat io n) Region al Func tion (R egion al) ......... ... ...... ... ..... 39 ⢠Acti va ti ng th e Regi ona l Funct i on Traff ic A nnounc ement Stan dby Fu nction (Traff ic Annou ncemen t) ......... ...... ... ...... ... ..... 40 ⢠Acti va ti ng/ Deac ti va ti ng th e TA Func tion ⢠C ance ling T raf fic Ann ounce men ts ⢠Adju s ti ng the TA Volume ⢠TP Alarm Function PTY Funct ion ..... ...... .. ...... ... ...... ... ...... ... ...... ..... 42 ⢠Searchi ng t he PT Y ⢠News Pr ogram I nterrupt ion Set ting (Ne ws) ⢠PTY Alar m ⢠Can ce ling Ann ouncem en ts ⢠PTY List
î Using the Built-in CD Pla yer .............. 45 ⢠Repeat Pla y (Pl ay Mo de ) ⢠Rand om Pla y (Ra ndo mPla y) ⢠Scan Play (Sca n Pla y) ⢠Pau se ( Paus e) ⢠Sel ecti ng T rack s by Tra ck Ti tle List (Track List) ⢠Dis c Ti t le Input (T it le Input ABC ) Using M ulti-CD Playe rs ............ ..... ...... 48 ⢠Repeat Pla y (Pl ay Mo de ) ⢠Random Play (Ra ndom Play) ⢠Scan Play (Sca n Pla y) ⢠Pau se ( Paus e) Comp re ssion and DB E (Com pre ssio n) ...... ... ... 50 ⢠Comp./DBE ON/OFF Swi tching ITS (In stan t Track Sele ctio n) .... ...... ... ...... ... ..... 51 ⢠ITS Progr am m in g (IT S Mem or y) ⢠ITS Play (IT S Pla y) ⢠Erase a T rack Prog ram ⢠Erase a Disc Program Disc T itle ......... ...... ... ...... ... ...... ..... ... ...... ... ...... .. 52 ⢠Dis c Ti t le Input (T it le Input ABC ) ⢠Selec ting Di scs by Disc Title List (Disc List) ⢠Sel ecti ng T rack s by Tra ck Ti tle List (Track List) Audio Adju stment ........ ............ ........... 55 Selec ting t he Equal izer Curve ...... ...... ... ...... ... .. 5 5 Enter ing the Audi o Menu ........ ..... ... ...... ... ...... .. 55 Audio Men u Func tions ......... ... ..... ... ...... ... ...... .. 56 ⢠Balance Adjustme nt (FAD/BAL) ⢠Equa li z er Curve A dju stme nt (Equ al iz E r) ⢠Equali zer Curve Fine Adjustm ent (E qual iz E r) ⢠Loudne ss Adj ust m ent (L oud n E ss) ⢠Subwoof er Out pu t (Sub W-1) ⢠Subwoof er Sett in g Adjustm ent (Su b W -2) ⢠Non-Fa ding Output ( Non Fad E -1) ⢠Non-Fa ding Output L evel Adjust ment ( Non Fad E - 2) ⢠High Pass Fil ter (High Pass) ⢠Front Ima ge Enh ancer Fu nction (FIE) ⢠Source Leve l Adj ust ment (SL A) Functi on Detachin g and Rep lacing th e Front Pan el ........... ........... ...... ........... 64 Theft Prote ction ........ ...... ... ...... .. ...... ... ...... ...... .. 64 ⢠Detach in g the Front Pan el ⢠Repl ac i ng th e Front Pa nel ⢠War ning To ne Initia l Setting ........... ..... ............ ........... 65 Enter ing t he Init ial Se ttin g Menu .... ...... ... ...... .. 65 Init ial Setting Menu Fu ncti ons ........ ... ...... ...... .. 66 ⢠C han gin g th e FM Tuni ng St ep (FM tunin g ste p) ⢠Setti ng t h e DAB Prio rity Fun ction (DAB Priority ) ⢠Switching th e Auto PI Seek (Auto PI Seek) ⢠Setti ng t h e Wa rni ng T one (W arn ing To ne) ⢠Switc hing the AUX Mode (AUX) ⢠Sw itc hi ng t he R ea r Sp eaker Ou tpu t (Rear Speake r Out ) ⢠Setti ng the Subwoo fer C ontrol (Sub wo ofer control) ⢠Se ttin g th e Dimme r ( Dimmer ) ⢠Se le c t ing th e Il lu mi na ti on Co lo r (Illumi nation Co lor) ⢠Selec ting the W all Paper (Wall Paper) ⢠Selec ting the B right ness (B right ness) RFP Alert F unction ...... ............ ........... 71 Acti vating t he R FP Alert Feat ure ......... ... ...... .. 71 Sett ing En try De lay T ime ......... ...... ... ...... ... ..... 71 Acti vating In ternal Speaker ON/OFF ......... ..... 72 ⢠Spea ker Volume Out put Ad justme nt Sele cting Door Swi tchi ng Systems ....... ... ...... .. 73 ⢠Door Sy stem C onfirma tion Opera tion o f âÂÂRFP Al ertâ ......... ... ...... ... ...... ... .. 74 Arming Aler t ...... ... ... ... .. ... ...... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... .. 74 Disarmi ng Aler t ....... ..... ... ...... ...... ... ...... ... ...... .. 74 Entr y Det ect io n ........ ... .. ... ...... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... .. 75 Other Func tion s ................. ...... ........... 76 Switc hing the Ent ertai nment Di splay ...... ...... .. 76 Using the PGM But to n (Program Fun ction) .... 76 ⢠Setti ng the PGM B utton ⢠Using the PGM Butt on Using the AUX Source .... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... .. 78 ⢠Selec ting the A UX So urce ⢠AUX Title Input Cellu lar Te lepho ne Muti ng ....... ...... ...... ... ...... .. 78 CD Playe r and Care ............ ........... ...... 79 Precau t ion . ... ... ... ... ... ..... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... ... .. 79 Built-i n CD Pla yerâÂÂs Er ror Me ssag e ....... ... ... ... 80 Speci fications .... ........... ............ ........... 81
î 1RWHî â¢ Befo re fina ll y insta ll ing the uni t, co nne ct the wiri ng temp o raril y, maki ng sure it is al l co nnect ed up prope rly, a nd the unit and t he system work properly . ⢠Use onl y the parts in clude d with the un it to en sure prope r insta llatio n. The use of un autho rize d parts can ca use m al fun ctio ns. ⢠Consu lt with your nea rest dea ler if insta llatio n requires the drilli ng of holes or oth er modifi cations of the ve hi cl e. ⢠Ins ta ll the unit wh e re it do es not get in the dr iv erâÂÂs wa y an d cann ot inju re th e passe nge r if ther e is a sudd en s to p, lik e a n eme r genc y sto p. ⢠The sem ico nductor l aser wi ll be d amaged if it overh eats, so d onâÂÂt i nstall t he unit anyw here hot â for inst ance, n ear a he at er out le t. ⢠If inst al la ti on angl e e xc eeds 60ð from horiz ont al, the uni t might no t give i ts opt im u m perfo rman ce . Ins tallatio n wi th th e Rubb er Bush Hold er Afte r inse rtin g the holde r into th e das hboard , then sele ct the approp riate tab s accordi ng to the thickn ess of the dashboa rd mate rial a nd b end the m. (In stall as f irmly possible using the top and bottom ta bs. To s e cur e, ben d th e tabs 90 de gree s.) Screw Rubb er b ush Dashbo ard ,QVWDOODWL RQ
î Remo ving t he Un it Pull ou t to remove th e fram e. (Whe n re atta ch in g the fra me, po in t the s id e with a groov e downwa rds an d atta ch it.) Frame Inser t the s uppl ied e xtrac tion keys into the u nit, as shown in t he figu re, unt il they cli ck into place. Keepi ng t he keys presse d aga i nst th e sides of th e un it, pu ll the uni t out.
î ,QVWDOOLQJîÂÂW KHîÂÂ6 W HHUL QJîÂÂ5H P RWH îÂÂ&RQWU ROîÂÂ8QLW î W ARNING ⢠Av oid inst al ling this un it in suc h a l ocat ion wh er e th e op erati o n of safe ty de vice s s u ch as ai rba gs is prev en te d by this uni t. Oth erw is e , t h er e is a dang er of a fat al acci de nt. ⢠Av oid i nstal ling this u nit in such a l ocat ion wh ere t he op erat ion of the ste ering whee l an d the gea rshi ft leve r ma y be p rev ente d. Oth erw ise, it may resu lt in a t r affic ac cide nt. î CAUTION ⢠Insta llat io n of this uni t require s spec iali z ed ski ll s and experi e nce . Insta llat i on of this un it should be ent rust ed t o a de al er from whom you purc ha sed thi s un it . ⢠Insta ll this uni t using onl y th e parts supp l ie d wit h th is unit. If ot her parts are used, this un it ma y be damag e d or co ul d di smo unt itsel f, w hic h le ads to an a ccident or tr ouble. ⢠Insta ll this uni t as require d by this m an u al . Fail ure to do so may ca use an a cc id en t. ⢠Do no t instal l this unit near the doors whe re rai nwater is l ikely to be spille d on the unit. Inc ursion o f wa ter into the un it ma y c au se s moke or fire . î W ARNING ⢠Fix th is uni t s e curel y to the stee ring w he el w it h th e belt atta ched to th e uni t. If this uni t is loos e , it distu rbs dri vi ng stabi li ty , wh ic h may re sul t in a traffic a cc id ent. ⢠Do not atta ch this un it to the ou ter c ircumfe rence of t he steer ing whe el. Oth erwise, i t disturbs dr iving stab ility, causi ng a traf fic a ccid ent. Alwa ys atta ch thi s unit to th e inne r cir cumfere nce o f the steeri ng wh ee l a s sho w n. 1RWHî â¢ Do not in s ta ll th is uni t in such a plac e as m ay obs tr uct th e dri ve r's vie w. ⢠Sinc e in teri or la you t diffe rs dep endi ng on t he type of ve hicl e, the ide a l insta ll at io n loc ation for the unit als o dif fer s. W hen ins t al ling the uni t, sele ct a l oca tion that a ssu res op tim u m tra nsm is s i on of signa ls fro m the unit to t h e car stere o.
î Inst alling the Unit o n a Left -Hand- Drive Car 1RWHî â¢ Whe n th e unit is instal led on a righ t-h and-dr ive ca r, the hori zo ntal po sit io n s are inv erte d. Inne r hol de r Belt îÂÂî 6HFXUHîÂÂLQQHUîÂÂKR OG H UîÂÂWRîÂÂWKH îÂÂLQQHUî FLU FXP IHUHQFHîÂÂRIîÂÂWKHîÂÂV WHHUL QJîÂÂZKHHOî ZLWKîÂÂEHOWîÂÂî â¢ Fit the inn er holder to the steerin g wheel so that the arrow-mark ed side faces the driver as shown bel o w. îÂÂî &XWîÂÂWKHîÂÂH[WUDîÂÂSRUWLR QîÂÂR IîÂÂWKHîÂÂEHOWîÂÂDWî WKHîÂÂFHQW HUîÂÂRIîÂÂWK H îÂÂLQQHUîÂÂKR OGHU î â¢ Keep the cut - off p ortion o f th e belt as a spare. Oute r holde r Screw îÂÂî ,QVWDOOîÂÂRXWH UîÂÂKR OGHUîÂÂR QîÂÂWKHîÂÂLQQH Uî KROGH UîÂÂDQGîÂÂVHFX UHîÂÂZLWKîÂÂVFU HZVî â¢ Tigh ten the screws with the sup plied hexago nal wr en ch. Rel ea se Sect ion îÂÂî ,QVWDOOîÂÂWKHîÂÂUHPR WHîÂÂFRQWUROîÂÂXQLWîÂÂLQîÂÂWKH î KROGH U îÂÂî â¢ When remo vin g the re mote c ontro l u nit fr om the hold er, m ove th e co rrugate d release se ct ion toward t he steerin g wheel and slide the remo te control unit tow a r d yo u.
î &RQQH FWLQJî WKHîÂÂ8QLWV 1RWHî â¢ This unit is for vehi cl e s with a 12-v olt batt ery and negative grou nding . Before in stall in g it in a recr eat iona l vehi cle, truck, or bus, check th e ba ttery vol tage . ⢠To av oi d short s in the e le ct ri ca l syst em , be sure to disco nnec t th e batt er y cabl e be fore be gin ning ins ta l lati on. ⢠Refe r to the owne râÂÂs manu al for de ta ils on co nne cting th e power a mp and oth er unit s, th en make conn ection s corre ctly. ⢠Secu re the wiring wi th c able clam ps or ad hesive ta pe . To prote ct the wiring, wra p adhesi ve ta pe arou nd them whe re they li e agai nst me tal pa rt s. ⢠Ro ute and se cu re a ll wir ing so i t ca nnot t ouc h an y movi ng pa rts , suc h as the gear shift , hand bra ke, and se at rails. Do not route wir ing in plac es that ge t hot, such as near the heater ou tlet . If the insulat ion of the wiri ng m elt s or get s torn , th ere is a dang er of the wiring sho rt-ci rcuit in g to t he vehi cl e body. ⢠Do nâÂÂt pass the ye llow l ead th rough a ho le into the engi ne com part ment to conn ect to th e batt ery. Thi s will dam age the le ad insulatio n and ca use a very dan ge rous short. ⢠Do not sho rten a ny lea ds. If yo u do, the prote ct ion ci rcu it may fa il to work when it shoul d. ⢠Neve r fee d po wer to oth er equipm ent by cut ti ng the insula tion of t he po wer suppl y le ad of the uni t and t ap p in g into t he l ead. The cu rrent c apac it y of th e lea d will be exc e eded, ca usi ng overh eati ng . ⢠Whe n re pl ac ing fuse , be sure to use on ly fuse of t he rating presc r i bed on the fuse holde r. ⢠Sinc e a uniq ue BP TL ci rc uit is em p loyed , ne ve r wire so the spea ke r lead s are dire c tly grou nde d or the left and ri ght spea ker le ads are c omm on. ⢠The bl ack le ad is gr ound. Ple ase groun d this l ead sepa rately from the ground of hig h-current produc ts such as powe r amps. If you ground the produc ts togeth er an d the ground beco mes det ached , there is a risk of damage to t he produ cts o r fire. ⢠I f th e RC A p in j ac k on the un it w ill n ot be us ed, do n ot remove t he caps at tach ed t o th e end of the conn ecto r. ⢠Spea ke rs con ne cted to th is uni t m ust be high-powe r typ es with min im um ra ting of 45 W a nd im pedan ce o f 4 to 8 ohms . Co nnec ting spea ker s with outpu t and /o r imp edan ce v alue s othe r tha n tho se note d he re may resu lt in th e spe akers cat ch ing fire, em it ting smoke , or bec om i ng dam ag ed .
î â¢ When this produc tâÂÂs sou rce is switch ed ON, a c ontrol si gnal is out put thro ugh t he b lue/whi te lead. Conne c t to an ex te rna l power ampâÂÂs system remote control or th e carâÂÂs Aut o-a nten na relay cont rol termi nal (max . 300 m A 12 V DC). If th e car fea tures a gla ss ant enna, co nnect to the ant enna boost er power sup ply te rm ina l. ⢠Whe n an external power am p i s bei ng use d wit h this syst em , be sure not to co nnec t th e bl ue/whi t e lea d to the amp âÂÂs power termin al. Li kewise , do not conne ct the blue/wh ite le ad to the p ower term inal of the aut o-a nt enn a. Suc h co nnect io n could cause e xc essiv e current drain a nd m al fun ctio n. ⢠To av oid short-ci rc u i ti ng, cov er the disc onn ecte d le a d with insu la ting t ap e. Espe ciall y, insul a te the unus ed spea ke r lead s wi th out fai l. Th ere is a po ssibi lity of sh ort -circ u i ti ng if the leads a re no t insula te d. ⢠To preve nt inco rrect con ne ction, t he i npu t side of th e IP-BUS con nect or is bl ue, an d the out put side is black. Conne ct the con ne ct ors of t he same co lors corre c tl y. ⢠If this un it is instal led in a ve hic le th at do e s no t ha ve an ACC (ac c essory) posi tion on the ign it ion switch, the red lea d of th e unit shoul d be conn ec te d to a te rm in al cou pled with igni ti on switch ON/ OFF operations. If th is is not don e, the vehicle ba tt ery may be draine d when you are awa y from th e vehicl e for seve ra l hou rs. ACC position No ACC position ⢠Cords for th is produc t a nd those for oth er produ ct s may be diff erent col ors e ven if they ha ve the sam e functi on . Whe n con nect ing thi s prod uct to anothe r pro duct, refer t o the suppli ed Installati on ma nuals of bo th p roducts a nd c onnect cord s that have t he sam e funct ion.
îÂÂî &RQQH FWLR QîÂÂ'LDJUDP IP-BUS c able Conne ct lead s of the same co lo r to eac h oth er. Cap (1* ) Whe n not usi ng this termin al, do no t re move the cap. Ye ll ow (3 *) Back -up (or accessory) Yellow (2* ) To terminal always suppli ed with power regardless of ignition swit ch position. Red ( 5* ) Accessory (or bac k- up) Red (4* ) To electric terminal controlled by ignition switch (12 V DC) ON/OF F. Black (g roun d) To ve hic le (m et al) bod y. Orange To l ighti ng swi tch te rmin al. Fuse holder Thi s P roduct IP-Bus inp ut (Blu e) An te nna ja ck 1RWHî Depending on the kind of vehicle, the function of 3* and 5* may b e different. In this case, be sure to connect 2* to 5* and 4* to 3*. Mult i-C D play er (sold sepa ra te ly) Fuse resistor Fuse resistor Whit e/ye ll ow See the section âÂÂRFP Alert Ins ta ll atio nâ . Yellow/bl ack If you u se a c ellu lar tel ephone , co nnect i t via the Aud io Mu te l ead on t he c ell ular tele ph one. If not, ke ep the Audio M ut e lead free of a ny conn ecti ons. ISO conne ct or 1RWHî In some vehicles, the ISO connector may be divided into two. If this is the case, be sure to connect to both connectors.
îÂÂî 1RWHî When a subwoofer is connected to this unit instead of a rear right speaker, do n ot connect the rear left speaker lead to any thing. For details, refer to the Initial S etting in this Manua l. Perform thes e con nection s when u sing a d ifferen t amp (sold sep arate ly). Blue/wh ite To sy ste m co ntro l term ina l of the po wer am p (max . 300 mA 1 2 V DC ). Power a mp (sold separ at ely) Blue /whit e (7 )* To Auto-a nt enna rel ay con trol te rmin al (m ax. 300 mA 12 V DC). Conne ct ing co rds wi th R CA p in plugs (sold sep arate ly) System rem ote con trol Subwo ofe r Subwoofe r This prod uc t confo rms to new cord colors. Sp ea ker le ad s Wh ite :Fron t le ft Wh ite/ bl ack :Fron t le ft Gray :Front ri ght Gr ay /bla ck :Fron t right G reen :Rear lef t or Not Used Gr een/bl ack :Rear lef t or Not Used Viol et :Rear righ t or Subwoo fer Violet /black :R ea r r ig ht or Subwoo fer Subwoofe r Out put or Non Fading Out pu t Power am p (sold sepa rat el y) Front spe ak er Front spea ke r Blue/wh ite (6*) The pin position of the ISO conne ctor will dif fer dependi ng on the t ype of vehic l e. Connec t 6* and 7* when Pi n 5 is an anten na contr ol t ype. In ano ther ty pe of vehi cl e, ne ver con nect 6* and 7*. Front out put
îÂÂî 5) 3îÂÂ$OH UWîÂÂ,QVWDOOD WLRQ Affix the inclu ded deter rent stickers t o the ins ide o f th e fro nt door wind ows . Description î White/ye llow (DO OR SWITC H) This lea d is used to trigg er RFP Alert when a ny door is opened and may b e co nnected to eith er positive or ne gati ve ( /â ) type door p in switc hes. Door Sw itches The RFP AlertâÂÂs do or trigger inp ut is designed to work with either po sitive or nega tive door pin switches. After hookup, simply set door system type from RFP Alert Setting Menu. Domelig ht Delay-RF P Alert will wait fo r last door t o close and courtesy lig ht to turn off before Exit Dela y Tim er Starts. î CAUTION ⢠Because of the com plexity of today â s techni cally ad vanced vehicl e wiring syst ems, we recommend that your RFP Alert be installed ONLY b y a professional Pione er installer.
îÂÂî DOOR SW ITCH (Whi te/ye llow) î Grounding T ype Switch: Most European, Japan ese, GM and Chrysler vehicles. 1RWHî â¢ Set RFP Ale rt to recog nize grou nd trig ger from RFP Al ert Se tting Men u. Set Door System to âÂÂDoor System: Negati ve, C urrent m ode : Closeâ . This Produc t Whit e/y ello w Do m e li ght Fuse holder Factory Door Switche s
îÂÂî î Positive (Non-grounding) T ype Switch: Jagu ar, Mercedes, Fo rd 1RWHî â¢ Se t RF P Aler t to rec ogn ize po sit ive tri gg er fro m RF P Al e r t S e tting Men u. Se t D oo r Sy s te m to âÂÂDoo r Syste m: Positi ve, Curre nt m ode: Clo s eâ . î Installing New Pin Switches Sep aratel y sold pin switc hes are avail abl e that can be used to protec t your vehicleâ s trunk , hood, etc. Whe n yo u pur chase the se, m ake s ure t hat you f irst conf irm t hat they can be us ed wit h yo ur veh i cl eâÂÂs door sy stem typ e . Follow the ma kers i nstruction s as to insta llation a nd wi ring. This Produc t Whit e/y ello w Do m e li ght Fuse holder Factory Doo r Switch 5) 3îÂÂ$ OH UW îÂÂ,QVWDOOD WLRQ
îÂÂî .H\î )LQ GHU î Head Unit î Steering Remote Controller A steering remot e cont roller tha t ena bles remote o peratio n of the he ad unit is su pplied . Operatio n is th e same as when usi ng butto ns on the head unit. SOURCE/OFF button PTY button butto ns Butt ons 1â 6 AUDIO button FUNCTION button EQ sele ctor DISPLAY button TA but to n PGM button BAND b utton ENTE RTA IN ME NT bu tt on /â butt on RESET bu tton EJECT button SOURCE/OFF button butto ns AUDIO button FUNCTION butto n BAND button /â but to n Raise o r lower th e volume. ATT bu tton Thi s lets yo u quickl y lower volume level (by a bout 9 0%). Press on ce mo re t o retur n to the ori gi nal vo lume le vel . butt ons
îÂÂî %H IRUHîÂÂ8V LQJîÂÂ7KLVîÂÂ3 URGXFW About Th is Produ ct The tune r frequenc ies on this produ ct are allo cated for use in W estern Euro pe, Asia, the M iddle East, Africa and Oceania. Us e in ot her areas may resul t in improper rece ption. The RDS funct ion op erates on ly in area s with FM stati ons bro adcast i ng RDS si gn als. About Th is Man ual Th is prod uct feat ur es a num ber o f so phis tic a t ed func t ions ensuri ng su perio r recep tio n and operati on. All ar e desig ned for th e easies t possibl e use, bu t many a re not se lf-exp lanato ry. Th is manual is intend ed to hel p you ben efit fully from their po tenti al and to maxim ize your liste ning enjoym ent. We recomme nd that you familia rize yourse lf with the functio ns and their ope ration by read ing throu gh the m anua l befo re yo u beg in using th is prod uct. It is espe cia lly impo rtant that you rea d and o bserve t he âÂÂP recauti onâ on page 21 and i n ot h er section s. Th is manu al expla i ns head un it oper a tio n. You can pe rfor m t he same op eration s with the steeri ng remote co ntroller. Th e st eering remo te control ler offers the co nve nience of AT T, a fu nct io n no t pr ovid e d o n the he ad uni t. Reset tin g the Micro proce ssor The micropro cessor must be reset under the follo wing cond itio n s: When usi ng this p roduct for the first tim e afte r installa tion. When the ma chine fai ls to opera t e properly. When stran ge (incorrect) mess ages appear on the display . î 7 R î U HVHWî WKHî P LFURSURFHVV RU îÂÂî SUHVVîÂÂWKHî 5( 6( 7î EXWWRQîÂÂRQî WKHî KHDGî XQLWî ZLWKî Dî SH Qî WLSîÂÂRUîÂÂRWK HUîÂÂSRLQWHGîÂÂLQVWUXP HQWî â¢ This prod uct co mpli es wi th the EMC Dire ct ives (89 /336/ EE C, 92/31 /EE C) an d CE Mar king Dire ctiv e (93/6 8/ EE C) .
îÂÂî About t he Demo Mode This pr oduct f e atur es two demon stratio n mo des. One is the Re verse De mo mode , the other i s the F eature Demo m ode. î Rever se Demo If you d o not perform a n operation within about 3 0 seconds, sc reen indicatio ns start to re ve rse , and then conti nue re versin g eve ry 10 second s. Pressi ng but ton 5 when power t o this prod uct is switched OFF while the ign ition switch is set to ACC or ON cancels the Rev erse Demo mode . Pressi ng butto n 5 again t o start the Rev erse Mode . î Feature Demo The Fe ature Dem o auto m atically sta rts whe n po wer to th is p rod uc t is switche d OFF wh ile the igni tio n switch is se t to ACC o r ON. Pr essing butt on 6 duri ng Fe ature De mo ope rati on can cels the F eature Demo mo de. P ressing b utton 6 aga in to star t the F eature M ode. Remember that i f the Featu re Demo con tin ues opera ting whe n t he ca r engine is switched OFF , it may drain bat te ry po wer . 1RWHî â¢ You ca nnot ca ncel a Dem o mod e when th e front pane l is ope n. ⢠The red l ea d (ACC ) of th is pro duct sho uld be conne c te d to a termina l coup le d wit h igni ti on switc h ON/OFF opera tions. If this is not d one, the v ehicle battery may b e drained.
îÂÂî %H IRUHîÂÂ8V LQJîÂÂ7KLVîÂÂ3 URGXFW When u sing t he DAB (Digit al Au dio Broad cast ing) T un er You can u se this prod uct with a separately sold hide-away DAB tuner (GEX-P900DAB, GEX- P900DABII). For details conc erning operation, refer to th e DAB Tu nerâÂÂs Oper ation Manuals. This se ction pro vides in forma tion on DAB oper ations with this p roduc t whi ch di ffers fr om t hat described in the DAB TunerâÂÂs Operation Manual. î About This Productâ s Indications The f ollowing is an expla nation of th is unitâÂÂs indica tions. î Indicati ons that light when Functi on is switc hed ON * If the set An noun cem en t Support is rec e ived, th e icon on the rig ht ligh ts. î DAB Status Indications ,QGLFDWRU )XQFWLRQ NET Service Follow (Service Follow) LANG Lang uag e Filter (L a ngua ge Filte r) WTHR* Are a We athe r Fl ash (Wea ther ) ANNC* Announc e (An nou nce) NEWS* News Fla sh (News) TRFC * Road Tr af fic Fla sh or Tr an sport Flash ,QGLFDWRU 6W D W X V EXT RA T h e curre ntl y re ceiv ed Servic e has a Second ary Serv ice Co m ponent . TEX T Th e cu rrentl y re ceiv ed Servic e ha s a Dyna m ic La be l. DAB When DAB reception is possible. âÂÂLANGâ â NETâ âÂÂEXTRAâÂÂâÂÂTEXTâ âÂÂDABâ âÂÂWTHRâ âÂÂANNCâ âÂÂNEWSâ âÂÂTRFC âÂÂ
îÂÂî î Operati on With thi s prod uct, ope rat ion o f the fo llow ing fo ur func tio ns diff ers. ( Refer ence pa ges are in the Hide-away DAB TunerâÂÂs Ope ration Manual.) ⢠Chan gi ng th e La bel (Refer to page 12. ) ⢠Changing Display Indication s (Refer to page 13.) ⢠Oper at ing Anno unceme nts wi th Fu nct ion Men u (Ref e r to page 19.) ⢠Servic e List Functio n (Newly equip ped for thi s produc t) î Changing the Label Each pre ss of the DISPLAY button c hanges t he displa y in the fol lowing order: Service Componen t Labe l (Servi ce) 3 Dynamic La bel (Tex t) 3 Ensembl e Label (Ensem ble) 3 Ser vic e La bel 1RWHî â¢ With a Se rvice Com p onent tha t ha s no Serv ice C ompon ent La be l or Dyna mi c Label , switchi ng t o Service Comp onent La bel a nd Dyna mic La bel is no t possible . With displa ys other th an Servi ce Lab el, if you do no t perfor m an opera tion withi n 8 seconds or press a bu tton ot her than th e DISPLAY butto n, the di spl ay returns to Serv ic e Lab el Indi ca tors. î Changing Display I ndications This pr oduct d oesnâÂÂt h ave this func tion . î Operat ing Announc em ents wi th the Fun ction Menu When op erating with the îÂÂî î butto n at st ep 2, ind ication s are dis pla yed in th e follo wing ord er : News Fl ash (News) 4 Area Weather Fl ash (Weather) 4 Anno unce (Annou nce ) 1RWHî â¢ The Annou nce m ode (Anno unc e ) unifie s thre e mod es such as W ar nin g/Serv ice, Ev ent Fla s h an d Spe ci al E ven t.
îÂÂî %H IRUHîÂÂ8V LQJîÂÂ7KLVîÂÂ3 URGXFW î Service L ist Functi on This pro duct is a lso equ ipped with th e Servi ce L ist Fun ction in the Functio n Me nu. It is possible t o select th e desire d Serv ice amo ng the memorized Services in the Servic e List. Func tion Menu Fun ction s a ppe ar on the display in the follow ing o rd er: Service List (SRVC. List) 3 Lang uage Filter ( Language Filte r) 3 An noun cem ent Supp ort (Ann ounc em ent S upport) 3 Service F ollow (Service Follow) 3 Servi ce Compo nen t (Primary/Secondary) 3 Dynami c L abel ( DAB Text) îÂÂî 3UHVVîÂÂWKHîÂÂ)81&7,21îÂÂEXWWR QîÂÂDQGîÂÂV HOHFWîÂÂWKHîÂÂ6HUYLFH îÂÂ/L VWîÂÂP R GHîÂÂîÂÂ65 9&îÂÂîÂÂ/LVWîÂÂîÂÂLQî WKHîÂÂ)XQFWLRQ îÂÂ0HQXî 1RWHî â¢ Yo u ca n als o s el ect a nd re call th e des ire d Ser vi ce dire c tly w it h th e 1 to 6 b utt ons. îÂÂî 6HOHFWîÂÂWKH îÂÂGHVLUHGîÂÂ6HUYLFH îÂÂZLWKî WK H î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂEXWWRQ Vî îÂÂî 5HFDOOîÂÂWKHîÂÂVH OHFWH GîÂÂ6HUYLFH îÂÂZLWKî WK H î î îÂÂEXWWRQîÂÂ
îÂÂî Prec aution ⢠A âÂÂCLASS 1 LASER PRODUCTâ label is affixed to the bottom of the play er. ⢠The Pioneer CarStereo-Pass is fo r use only in Germany. ⢠Keep this man ual hand y as a reference for o perat i ng pro ced ures and pre cautio ns. ⢠Alway s keep the vo lume low enough for ou tsid e sound s to be au dibl e. ⢠Protect the produ ct from moi stu re. ⢠If the b at te ry i s disc o nnecte d , th e pr ese t m e mory will be e ra sed and m u st be re p rog ra mme d. In Ca se of T r ouble Sho uld th is pr odu ct fa il t o ope rate p rope rly, cont act you r de aler or nea rest auth orize d Pi oneer Servic e Statio n.
îÂÂî 5H P RWH îÂÂ&RQWU ROOH UîÂÂDQGîÂÂ&D UH Using the Stee ring Remot e Cont roll er 3UHFDXWLRQî â¢ Do not o pe rate this unit wh ile m anipul ati ng the st eerin g wh eel as it mig ht resu lt in a tr affic acc ident . ⢠If you ha ve to operate this uni t una void ably whe n dri ving, lo ok ahea d careful ly to av oi d the risk of bei ng in volve d in a traffi c a ccid ent . ⢠If any of the foll owi ng trou bles occ ur, im m edia t ely stop us ing this uni t and con sult wit h the de ale r from whom you purcha sed i t: â t he unit is s mo king. â the unit is em i tt ing abn orma l odo r. â a fore ig n ob je ct h as ente red th e un i t. â liquid ha s been spill ed on or int o th e un it. If you co ntinu e t o us e th is unit with out fin din g a rem edy , the unit ma y be dama ged ba dly , resulti ng in a ser iou s accide nt or fire. ⢠Do not l eave thi s unit free (un atta ch ed) insi de the ca r. W he n th e c ar sto ps or turns a c urve, the u ni t might drop on the fl oor. If the u nit roll s under t he brake peda l, it mi ght preve nt th e driv er from braking well, cau sin g serious tr oub le. Be sure to fi x thi s uni t to the steeri ng whe el. ⢠Do not di sasse m ble or modi fy t his un it. To do so m ay ca use a faul t. î Changing the DSP /MAIN UNIT Sw itch Setting When this p roduct is conne cted to a DSP, the switc h under the bac k lid must be chang ed to the DSP position, use a tapered bar such as a ball-poi nt pe n. If you do not connect a DSP to this pr od uct, do not cha nge to the DSP posi tion. 3UHFDXWLRQî â¢ If you do not set the switch und er the bac k lid as the abov e, correc t opera tions will no t be possible by the remo t e c ont rol ler.
îÂÂî î Batter y î Install the L ithium B attery î 5HP RYH îÂÂWKH îÂÂFRYHUîÂÂRQîÂÂWKHîÂÂEDFNîÂÂR IîÂÂWKHîÂÂVWHHULQJîÂÂUHPR WHîÂÂFRQWUROOHUîÂÂDQGîÂÂLQVHUWîÂÂWKHî EDWWHU\îÂÂZLWKîÂÂWKHîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂD QGîÂÂîÂÂñîÂÂîÂÂSROHVîÂÂSR LQWLQJîÂÂLQîÂÂWKHîÂÂS U RSHUîÂÂGLUHFWLRQ î ò î Replacin g the Lith ium Battery î 5HP RYH îÂÂWKH îÂÂOLWKLXP îÂÂEDWWHU\ î ò 3UHFDXWLRQî â¢ Rep la ce th e ba tt er y with a CR20 3 2 li thiu m ba ttery. ⢠Repl ac e the bat te ry i n the uni t usi ng a non m et al lic tapered in strum ent . î W ARNING: ⢠Keep the lith ium batte ry out of reach of child ren. Shou ld the batt ery be swallowed , immedi ately co nsult a do ct or. î CAUTION: ⢠Do not re charge, disassemb le, heat or disp ose o f batt ery in a fir e. ⢠Use a CR20 32 (3 V) lit hium ba ttery on ly. Neve r use other ty pes of battery with thi s unit . ⢠Do not handle the ba ttery with meta llic too ls. ⢠Do not store th e lithiu m batte ry with metallic mate rials. ⢠Dispose o f the use d lith ium batte ry, in complia nce with appli cable la ws and regu lati ons. ⢠Always check carefully that yo u are loading the battery with it s ( ) and (âÂÂ) poles facing in the pro per directions.
îÂÂî %DV LFîÂÂ2SH UDWL RQ T o Li st en to Music The f ollowing ex plains th e in itial opera tions required b efore y ou can listen t o music. 1RWHî â¢ Loadi ng a disc in this prod uc t. (Refe r to page 26. ) îÂÂî 6HOH FWîÂÂWKHîÂÂGH V LUHGîÂÂVR XUFHîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂHîÂÂJîÂÂîÂÂ7 XQHUî Each pre ss of the SOURCE/OFF butto n selects th e desired sourc e in the follo wing ord er: Built-in CD player (Compact Disc) 3 Tuner 3 DAB (Digital Au dio Br oadca sting) Tune r 3 Multi-MD player 3 Multi-CD pl ay er 3 Externa l Unit 3 AUX 1RWHî â¢ Exter nal Uni t re fers t o a Pione er pr oduct (such as one ava il ab le in the fu ture) t hat , altho ugh inc ompati ble as a source , enab les co ntrol of ba sic funct ions by this p roduct . Only o ne E xtern al Unit can be co nt rol led by t his pr oduct . ⢠In the following cases, the sound source will no t change: * When a pr oduct corr espondi ng to ea ch source i s not co nne cte d to this pr odu ct. * N o d isc is set in this pro duc t. * No magaz i ne is set in the Mul ti-CD play er. * No disc is set in the Multi-MD player. * AUX (exter nal input) is set to OFF. (Refer to page 67.) ⢠Whe n th is prod uctâÂÂs bl ue/wh ite le ad is conn ected to t he car âÂÂs Auto- ante nna rel ay cont rol t ermina l, the car âÂÂs Auto -an tenna ex tends when this pro ductâ s sou rce is swit ched ON. T o retra ct the an tenn a, swi tch the sourc e OFF. îÂÂî 5DLVHîÂÂR UîÂÂORZHUîÂÂWKHîÂÂYROXP Hî îÂÂî 7 X UQîÂÂWKHîÂÂVR XU FHîÂÂ2)) î Each press changes t he Source ... Hold for 1 second
îÂÂî Bas ic Opera tion of T uner This p rod uctâÂÂs AF func tion can be s wit che d ON and OFF. AF s hou ld b e sw itch ed OFF f o r normal tuning operations. (Refer t o page 38.) Preset N umber I ndicator Band Indi cator Frequen cy Indic ator Band FM-1 FM-2 FM-3 MW/LW Manu al and Se ek T uning î < RXîÂÂFDQîÂÂVHOH FWîÂÂWKHîÂÂWXQLQJîÂÂP HWKRGîÂÂE\îÂÂFKDQJLQJîÂÂWKHîÂÂOHQJWKîÂÂRIî WLP HîÂÂ\RXîÂÂSUHVVîÂÂWKHî îÂÂEXWWRQî 1RWHî â¢ If you co ntinu e pressing th e butt on for lo nger th an 0.5 seconds, you can ski p broadc a st stati ons. See k T uni ng sta rts as so on a s you rele ase the but ton. ⢠Stere o ind ica tor â â light s w h e n a ste r e o sta tion is s e lect ed . Manua l Tu ni ng (st ep by step) 0.5 secon ds or less Seek Tu ni ng 0.5 secon ds or more Preset T uning î < RXîÂÂFDQîÂÂP HP R UL]HîÂÂEURDGFDVWîÂÂVWDWLRQVîÂÂLQîÂÂEXWWRQVî îÂÂîÂÂWKU RXJKîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂIRUîÂÂHDV\ îÂÂîÂÂR QHîÂÂWRXFK îÂÂVWDWLRQîÂÂU HFDOOî 1RWHî â¢ Up to 18 FM stations (6 in FM-1, FM-2 an d FM-3) and 6 MW/ LW s tati ons ca n be s tor ed i n memory . ⢠You ca n al so use the or b utton s to re call broa dcast station s memor ized in butto ns 1 thr oug h 6. Pre set stati on re call 2 seco n ds or le ss Broadca st station pr eset memor y 2 second s or mo re
îÂÂî %DV LFîÂÂ2SH UDWL RQ Basi c Oper ation of Bu ilt-in CD Playe r Play T i me Indic ator Switc hing the Di splay Each pr e s s of the DI SPLAY bu tto n ch an g es the display in the followin g order: Play bac k mod e (Play Tim e) 3 Disc Title 1RWHî â¢ If you swi tch d isplays wh en di sc titl es ha ve no t been inpu t, âÂÂNo Ti tleâ is disp layed. T rack Num ber In dicator Eject Press the EJECT bu tton, a nd you can open the front panel before ejectio n. In case of openin g the fr ont pan el, you ca n just eject a CD. 1RWHî â¢ The CD func ti on c an be tu rned ON/ OFF with the disc remaining in this produc t. (Re fer to pa ge 24. ) ⢠A disc left pa rtia ll y in serted after ejec tion ma y inc ur damag e or fal l out. Switc hing the Di splay (only fo r CD TEXT Discs ) Each press of th e DI SPL AY butto n ch an ges t he displ ay in the fol lowi n g orde r: Pla y mo de (P lay T im e) 3 Disc Title 3 Disc Artist 3 Track Title 3 Track Artist With text lon ger than 2 0 letters, y ou ca n scroll to see the re st of th e text by pr essing the DISP LAY button fo r 2 seco nds. 1RWHî â¢ A CD TEXT disc is a C D fea tur in g recorded text inform a tion such a s Disc T it le , Artist Na me an d Tra c k Titl e. ⢠If certain text in forma tion is no t rec orded o n a CD TE XT di sc, âÂÂNo ~â (e.g. âÂÂNo T itleâÂÂ) is displayed.
îÂÂî Open Press t he EJEC T b utt on for 1 seco nd, an d you can open the f ront panel wit h out ejecti ng a CD. I n case of op enin g the front pan el, you can clo se it. 1RWHî â¢ Whe n ope ning th e fro nt pane l, th e 1 to 6 button s are no t a va ilable . î W ARNING: ⢠Do not use wi th the front panel le ft open . If you do le ave i t ope n, it ma y result in in jury in the even t of an ac cide nt. Disc Lo ading Slo t If a CD is inserted, the front p anel is close d automa tically . The Built-in CD play er play s one sta ndard 1 2 cm or 8 cm (sin gle) CD a t a t im e. D o no t use an a d apt er w h en p la yin g 8 cm CD. 1RWHî â¢ If a disc can not be in sert e d fully or pla yba ck fai ls, ma ke sure the recor ded sid e is dow n. Push the EJECT b utton and ch eck t he disc for damage be fore reinserti ng i t. ⢠If the Bu ilt-in CD pl a y er cannot ope rate prope rl y, an error me ssage (such as âÂÂER ROR-14 âÂÂ) appear s on the di splay. Re fer to âÂÂBui lt-in CD PlayerâÂÂs Er ror Messag eâ on page 80. T r ac k Se ar ch a nd F ast Forw ard /R eve rs e î < RXîÂÂFDQîÂÂVH OHFWîÂÂEHWZHHQîÂÂ7 UDFN îÂÂ6HDUFKîÂÂRUîÂÂ)DVWîÂÂ)RUZDUGîÂÂ5HYHUVHîÂÂE\î SUHVVLQJîÂÂWKHî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂE XWWRQîÂÂIRUîÂÂDîÂÂGLIIHUHQWîÂÂOHQJWKîÂÂRIîÂÂWLPH î Tr ack Se arch 0.5 seco nds or less Fast fo rward/Re verse Conti nue pre ssing
îÂÂî %DV LFîÂÂ2SH UDWL RQ Basi c Oper ation of M ulti-CD Pla yer This produc t can cont rol a Multi-CD player (sold separa tely). Di sc Nu mbe r In di cat or T rack N umber Indica tor Play T ime Ind icator Disc Se arch Switc hing the Displa y (When play ing a CD TEXT dis c on a CD T EXT compa tible Multi-CD Playe r) Each pre ss of th e DISPL AY butto n chang es the d isplay in the fo llowing orde r: Playba ck mode (Pla y T ime) 3 Disc Title 3 Disc Artist 3 Track Title 3 Track Artist With text longer t h an 20 letters, you can scr oll to see the re st of th e text by pressing the DISPLAY button for 2 secon ds. 1RWHî â¢ A CD TEXT disc is a CD featur ing rec ord ed tex t in form a ti on suc h as Di sc Title , Artist Nam e and Trac k Tit le . ⢠If ce rtain te xt i nformat ion i s not re corded on a C D TE XT di sc, âÂÂN o ~â (e. g. âÂÂNo Titleâ ) is di splaye d. ⢠Yo u ca nnot switch to t he Di sc Tit le I nput mode in t he De tail ed Set ti ng Me nu. T rack Search and Fast Forwa rd/R ev erse î < RXîÂÂFDQîÂÂVH OHFWîÂÂEHWZHHQîÂÂ7 UDFN îÂÂ6HDUFKîÂÂRUîÂÂ)DVWî IRUZDUGîÂÂ5HYHUVHîÂÂE\îÂÂSUHVVLQJîÂÂWKH î îÂÂEXWWR Qî IRUîÂÂDîÂÂGLIIHU HQWîÂÂOHQJWKîÂÂRIîÂÂWLP HîÂÂî Tr ack Se arch 0.5 seco nds or l ess Fast forwa rd/Reve rse Continu e pre ssing Switc hing the Displa y Each press of the DISPLAY button changes the display in the following order: Playba ck mode (Pla y T ime) 3 Disc Title 1RWHî â¢ If you switch displ ays when disc ti tl es have not been input , âÂÂN o Ti tle â is displa ye d.
îÂÂî Dis c Num ber Sear ch (for 6-D isc, 12 -Disc types) î < RXî FDQîÂÂVHOHFWî G LVFVî GLU HFWO\î ZLWKî WKHî îÂÂî WR î îÂÂîÂÂEXWWRQVîÂÂî -XVWî SUHVV î WKH î QXP EH Uî FRUUHVSRQGLQ JîÂÂWRîÂÂWKHîÂÂGLVFîÂÂ\RXîÂÂZDQWîÂÂWRîÂÂOLVWHQîÂÂWRî 1RWHî â¢ Whe n a 12-D isc Multi -CD Pla yer is conne cted and you wa nt to sel ect d isc 7 to 12 , pr ess the 1 to 6 b uttons fo r 2 second s. Disc Num ber Rough Search (for 5 0-Disc typ e only) This handy functio n lets y ou sele ct discs lo aded in a 50 -Disc Multi -CD Player using the 1 to 5 but tons. The 50 d isc s ar e di vide d into fiv e bl ocks , w ith e ach o f th e 1 to 5 butto ns assig ned to a bloc k. î 6HOH FWîÂÂWKHîÂÂGHVLUHGîÂÂEORFNîÂÂZLWKîÂÂWKHîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂWRîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂEXWWRQVî 1RWHî â¢ After complet in g a rough se arc h, use t he and but to n s to se le ct a desire d disc. 1RWHî â¢ The Mult i-CD pla ye r ma y pe rform a pre pa ra tory ope ratio n, such as ve rif yin g the pre sence of a disc o r read ing di sc informa tion, wh en th e power is turned ON o r a new disc is sele cted for p layback. âÂÂREADYâ is displayed. ⢠Whe n a m ag azin e i s l oa ded int o a 50-Disc type Mu lti-C D Pla yer, i nfor mat ion on all th e discs in th e ma gazine is read. If you start pla ying a disc on a 50-Disc ty pe Multi-CD Pla yer befor e reading of infor mation on a ll disc s has be en c omple ted, r eading of in forma tion st ops pa rt way throu gh. Th is wil l prevent you from using the I TS fu nction. ( If you try and use thi s func tion, âÂÂNot Readyâ is displayed. ) If this ha ppen s, reading of in formation be gins ag ain when you switch to a compo nent other than the 50-D isc Type M ulti-CD Pl ayer. ⢠If the Mu lt i-C D pla ye r ca nn ot opera te pro pe rly, an erro r me ssage suc h as â ERROR -14 â is displaye d. Re fer to the Mul t i-C D Pla yer OwnerâÂÂs M an ual . ⢠If ther e ar e no disc s in the Multi-CD playe r magazi ne, âÂÂN o Disc â i s displ ay ed . ⢠âÂÂLOADINGâ will be displa yed in the foll owing cases: * If the dis c in the ext ra tra y is sel ecte d. * I f t he d isc i s move d from th e ex tra tray to the maga zine . (Refer to the 50-Disc T ype Mul ti -CD Pl aye r Owne râÂÂs Ma nua l.) ⢠You ca nnot use the âÂÂE je ct ing a Sin gle DiscâÂÂ, âÂÂFr equen cy Play âÂÂ, âÂÂM usic Group Pla yâ or âÂÂABC Disc Title Sea rc hâ funct i ons with th is pro duct.
îÂÂî %DV LFîÂÂ2SH UDWL RQ Corresp ondin g Displ ay I ndica ti ons a nd Butto ns This productâÂÂs di splay feat u res Key Gui dan ce Indicat ors. These lig ht to indica te which of the button s yo u can use. When y ouâÂÂre in the Functio n Me nu (re fer to n ext sec tion), Detailed Setting Menu (refer to page 34), Initial Setting Menu (refer to p age 65) or Audio Menu (refer to page 55), they also make it easy to see wh ich but tons you can use t o switch funct ions ON/ OF F, switc h rep eat selection s and per f o rm othe r opera tions. Indi cato r and corresp ondi ng butto ns are shown below. When ÃÂ¥ is lit in the disp lay, pe rform approp riate o peratio ns wi th the ï bu ttons . î Head Unit î Steering Remote Controller î Dis play
îÂÂî Enter ing th e Funct ion Me nu The Fu nctio n Menu lets y ou ope rate sim ple functio ns for e ach sourc e. 1RWHî â¢ After ent ering the Functi on Menu, if yo u do not pe rfor m an ope ra ti on within a bout 30 secon ds, the Fun ctio n Men u is au to ma tic ally can ce led . îÂÂî 6HOH FWîÂÂWKHîÂÂGHV LUHGîÂÂP RG H îÂÂLQîÂÂWKHîÂÂ)XQFWLR QîÂÂ0HQXîÂÂî îÂÂ5HIHUîÂÂWRîÂÂQH [WîÂÂV HFWLRQîÂÂîÂÂó)XQFWLR QîÂÂ0HQXîÂÂ)XQFWLR QV ôîÂÂî îÂÂî 2SHUDWHîÂÂDîÂÂP R GHîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂH îÂÂJîÂÂîÂÂ5DQGRP îÂÂ3OD\î îÂÂî &DQFHOîÂÂWKHîÂÂ)XQFWLR QîÂÂ0HQXî Ea ch pr ess ch ang es th e Mo de ... The bu tton use d an d the ope rati on i t perfor ms a re indic a ted by the ke y guida n c e indicat or. Press th e but ton to switch t he key guid ance indic ator ON, and th e button to switch it OFF.
îÂÂî %DV LFîÂÂ2SH UDWL RQ Funct ion Me nu Func tion s The fol lowing chart sh ows funct i ons for each sourc e in the Func tion Menu . The ch art also shows indica tions fo r each fu nctio n, o peratio ns and butto ns us ed to p erform opera tio ns. Fo r more det ails , o r when you want t o know ab out an ope ratio n, re f er to the p age numbe r indi cated in the chart. î T uner î Built-in CD Player )XQFWLRQîÂÂQDPH îÂÂîÂÂ'LVSOD\î %XWWRQîÂÂîÂÂ2S HUDWLRQ 3DJH Best Stat io ns Memo ry (Best Stat i ons Me mo ry) : ON : OFF 36 Region al Fu ncti on (R egion al) : ON : OFF 39 Loca l S eek T uni ng (LO CAL) 1 : ON : OFF 2 or : Sele ct ( Sensi tivity) 36 TA F uncti on (T raffic Announ cem ent) : ON : OFF 40 News Pr ogram Interrupt ion S etting (Ne ws) : ON : OFF 43 AF Fu nc ti o n (Al terna ti ve Freque ncy) : ON : OFF 38 )XQFWLRQîÂÂQDPH îÂÂîÂÂ'LVSOD\î %XWWRQîÂÂîÂÂ2S HUD WLRQ 3DJH Sele ctin g Trac ks by T rac k Tit le List (Track List) 1 or : Sele ct ( Trac k Ti tle) 2 : Play 47 Repea t Pla y (Pl ay Mo de ) : ON : OFF 45 Rand om P lay (Ra ndom Play) : ON : OFF 45 Sc an P lay (S can Play ) : ON : OFF 46 Pause (Pause ) : ON : OFF 46
îÂÂî î Multi-CD Playe r )XQFWLRQîÂÂQDPHîÂÂîÂÂ'LVSOD\î %XWWRQîÂÂîÂÂ2 SHUDWLRQ 3DJH Repe at P la y (Pla y Mod e) or : Se lect (Play Ra ng e) 48 Selecti n g Discs by Disc Title List (Dis c Li st) 1 or : S e le ct (D is c Titl e) 2 : Pla y 54 Sele cting Tr ack s b y Tr ack Titl e L ist (Track L ist) 1 or : S e le ct (T rack T itle ) 2 : Pla y 54 Rando m Play (Ra ndomPla y) : ON : OFF 48 Scan Pla y ( Sca n Play ) : ON : OFF 49 ITS Play (ITS Play) : ON : OFF 51 Pause (Pause) : ON : OFF 49 Comp ressi on and DB E (C ompre ssion ) or : Selec t (Sound Qua lit y Function) 50
îÂÂî %DV LFîÂÂ2SH UDWL RQ Enterin g the Det a il ed Se tti ng Menu In the Detailed Sett ing Menu, you ca n opera te conv enient, complex function s for each source . îÂÂî (QWHUîÂÂWKH îÂÂ'HWDLOHGîÂÂ6HWWLQJîÂÂ0HQXî îÂÂî 6HOH FWîÂÂWKHîÂÂGHVLUHGîÂÂP R GHîÂÂî îÂÂ5HIHUîÂÂWRîÂÂQH[ WîÂÂVHFWLRQ îÂÂîÂÂó'HWD LOHGîÂÂ6HWWLQJîÂÂ0 HQXîÂÂ)XQFWLRQVôîÂÂî îÂÂî 2SHUDWHîÂÂDîÂÂPR GHî îÂÂî &DQFHOîÂÂWKHîÂÂ'HWDLOHGîÂÂ6H WWLQJîÂÂ0 H QXî 1RWHî â¢ You can cancel the Detailed Setting Menu by pressing the FUNCTION button again for 2 second s. Hold for 2 seconds Each press changes t he Mode ...
îÂÂî Detail ed S etting M enu Funct ions The fol lowing c har t shows func tion s for eac h sou rce in the Detailed Se tting Men u. The chart also sh ows indicat i on s for each func tio n, operati on s and buttons used to perfo rm operat ions. For m or e deta ils , or wh en you wan t to kno w abo ut an opera tion, refer to th e pa ge number in di cated i n t he ch art. î T une r î Built-in CD Player î Multi-CD Playe r )XQFWLRQîÂÂQDPHîÂÂîÂÂ'LVSOD\î %XWWRQîÂÂîÂÂ2 SHUDWLRQ 3DJH Program Fun ction (Prog ram Fun ction) 1 or : Sele ct ( Funct ion ) 2 : Memory 76 )XQFWLRQîÂÂQDPHîÂÂîÂÂ'LVSOD\î %XWWRQîÂÂîÂÂ2 SHUDWLRQ 3DJH Disc Titl e Input (Ti tl e In put ABC) 1 or : Select (Cha ract er) 2 or : Se le ct (Position) 3 : Memory 47 Program Fun ction (Prog ram Fun ction) 1 or : Sele ct (Funct ion ) 2 : Memory 76 )XQFWLRQîÂÂQDPHîÂÂîÂÂ'LVSOD\î %XWWRQîÂÂîÂÂ2 SHUDWLRQ 3DJH Disc Titl e Input (Ti tl e In put ABC) 1 or : Select (Cha ract er) 2 or : Se le ct (Position) 3 : Memory 52 ITS Progra mming (ITS M emory) : Memory 51 Program Fun ction (Prog ram Fun ction) 1 or : Sele ct (Funct ion ) 2 : Memory 76
îÂÂî 7 XQHUîÂÂ2SH UDWL RQ î Local Seek T uning (LOCAL) Whe n L ocal mo de is ON (â L OCâ ind icat or light s) , you can only select br oadca st sta tions pr ovid ing st rong re ceptio n. îÂÂî 3UHVVîÂÂWKHîÂÂ)81&7,21îÂÂEX WWRQîÂÂDQGîÂÂVH OHFWîÂÂWKHîÂÂ/RFDOîÂÂP R GHîÂÂîÂÂ/2&$/ îÂÂîÂÂLQîÂÂWKHî )XQFWLRQ îÂÂ0 H QXî FM : LEVEL 1 4 LEVEL 2 4 LEVEL 3 4 LEVEL 4 MW /LW : L EVEL 1 4 LEVEL 2 1RWHî â¢ The LE V E L 4 s e tt ing al low s re cept io n of only th e strong est stat ions , wh il e lowe r settin gs le t yo u recei ve progr essivel y we ak er station s. î Best Stations Memory (Bes t Stations Memory) The BSM (Best Stations Me mory ) functio n store s statio ns in memory automatic a lly. îÂÂî 3UHVVîÂÂWKHîÂÂ)81&7,21îÂÂEX WWRQîÂÂDQGîÂÂVH OHFWîÂÂWKHîÂÂ`î P RGHîÂÂîÂÂ%HVWîÂÂ6 WDWLR QVîÂÂ0HPR U\îÂÂî LQîÂÂWKH îÂÂ)XQFWLRQîÂÂ0HQXî îÂÂî 6ZLWFKîÂÂWKHîÂÂ/RFDOîÂÂ21îÂÂ2))îÂÂZ LWKî WK Hî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂEXWWRQVî îÂÂî 6HOHFWîÂÂWKH îÂÂGHVLUHGîÂÂ/RFDOîÂÂ6HH Nî VHQVLWLYLW\îÂÂZLWKîÂÂWKHî î îÂÂî îÂÂEXWWRQ Vî îÂÂî 6ZLWFKîÂÂWKHîÂÂ` îÂÂ21îÂÂZLWKîÂÂWKHî î EXWWRQî The stati ons with the stron gest signal s will be sto r ed unde r butt ons 1â 6 and in order of their signal strength. î 7 RîÂÂFDQFH OîÂÂWKHîÂÂSURFHVVîÂÂîÂÂSUHVVîÂÂWKHî î EXWWR QîÂÂLQîÂÂWKHîÂÂ)XQFWLRQîÂÂ0HQXî EHIRUHîÂÂP H P RUL]DWLRQ îÂÂLVîÂÂFRP SOHWHîÂÂ
îÂÂî 8VLQJîÂÂ5 '6îÂÂ)XQFW LRQV What is RDS? RDS (Radio Da ta System ) is a system for transmi tting d ata alon g with FM pr ograms. This data, whic h is ina udibl e, pro vides a va riety of fe atures such as: p rogra m servic e n ame, pr ogram typ e dis play, t raffi c announce ment st andb y, autom atic tu nin g and prog ram typ e tunin g, in tend ed to aid radi o l iste ners in t uni ng to a desir ed stat ion. 1RWHî â¢ RDS service may no t be provi de d by all stati ons. ⢠RDS func tions, li ke AF (Alterna tive Freq uenc ie s search) and T A (T raff ic Annou ncem e nt stan dby ), are on ly a ct iv e whe n yo ur radio is tun ed t o RDS sta ti on s. Program Serv ice Name Display With thi s func tio n, th e na mes of n etwor ks/ stat ions p rovid ing RD S service s re place th e frequency on the display a few secon ds after they are tuned i n. î :K HQîÂÂ\RXîÂÂZDQWîÂÂWRîÂÂNQ RZîÂÂWKHîÂÂIU H TXHQF\îÂÂRIîÂÂWK HîÂÂFXUU HQWîÂÂVWDWLRQ îÂÂîÂÂFKDQJHîÂÂWKHîÂÂGLVSOD\ î Each pre ss of the DISPLAY button se lects th e displa y in the follo wing orde r: Freq uenc y 3 Program Servic e Name 1RWHî â¢ After switc hi ng di spl ays, if yo u do no t pe rform a n ope ration wi thi n 8 secon ds, the Progra m Serv ic e Na me is au toma tic ally dis pl ay ed . î PTY Inform ation PTY (Program T ype ID code) inform ation for the curren tly tune d station app ears on the displ ay for 8 se cond s. The info rm ation i s correla te d with th e li s t in th e sect ion â P TY Li stâ on p age 4 4. 1RWHî â¢ If a PTY code of zero is re ce iv ed from a station, âÂÂNo neâ will be di splaye d. This ind icates th a t th e station has not defin ed its progra m c onten ts. î Frequen cy The freque ncy of the cu rre nt station ap pears on t he display for 8 seco nds. Ea ch pres s chan ge s t he Di spl ay ... PTY Info rm at io n
îÂÂî 8VLQJîÂÂ5 '6îÂÂ)XQF WLRQV AF Funct ion (Al tern ativ eF re que ncy) The AF (Alte rnative Freq uencies search) function is used to sear ch for other frequencies in the same network as the curre ntly tun ed station. It automatica lly retu nes the receive r to anothe r freque ncy in th e network which is broadcast ing a s tronger si gnal when there are proble ms with recepti on of th e currentl y tuned stati on or bet ter recept ion is possib le on a di fferent freque ncy. 1RWHî â¢ AF tunes the re ceiver only to RD S stations when y ou use Seek tun ing or BSM Auto Memory with the âÂÂAFâ i ndicat or ON. ⢠Whe n you recal l a pre set sta tion , the tuner may update the preset st ation with a new fre quenc y from the stat io nâÂÂs AF list. (Th is is onl y a vai la ble wh en usi ng presets on the FM -1 an d FM-2 band s.) No prese t number ap pears on th e display if th e RDS data for the stati on receive d differs fr om that for th e orig ina l ly sto r e d st ati on. ⢠Sound may be t em po raril y in terrup ted by a not he r program du ring an AF fre qu ency se arc h. ⢠When t he t uner is tu ne d to a non-R DS station, the âÂÂAFâ indic a tor flashes. ⢠AF c an be switched ON or OFF inde pendent ly for each FM b and. î Activating/De activati ng the AF Function AF is s et to ON by default. îÂÂî 3UHVVîÂÂWKHîÂÂ)81&7,21îÂÂEX WWRQîÂÂDQGîÂÂVHO HFWîÂÂWKHîÂÂ$)îÂÂP RGH îÂÂîÂÂ$OWHUQDWLYH)U HTXHQF\îÂÂîÂÂLQî WKHîÂÂ)XQFWLRQ îÂÂ0 HQXî îÂÂî $FWLYDWHîÂÂRUîÂÂGHDFWLYDWHîÂÂ$)îÂÂZKLOHîÂÂLQîÂÂDQîÂÂ)0îÂÂEDQGîÂÂ
îÂÂî PI Seek Function The t uner sea rches for ano ther frequ ency broadcast ing th e same prog rammin g. âÂÂPI S eekâ appears o n th e displa y an d the ra dio volu me is mu ted during a PI Se ek. Th e mutin g is discon tinued after completi on of the PI Seek, wh ether or not the P I seek has s ucceed ed. If the PI Seek is unsucce ssful, the t un er returns to the prev ious freq uency. î PI Se e k If the tu ner fail s to locate a suitable altern ative frequency o r if the bro adcasting signal i s too weak for p rope r receptio n, the PI S eek will automatica lly start. î Auto PI Seek (fo r preset s tation) When prese t statio ns can not be recal l ed, as when traveling long dis tances, the pr od uct can be set to pe rform P I Seek also du ring preset recall. The de fault se tting for Auto PI Seek is OFF. 1RWHî â¢ Refer to âÂÂInitial Settingâ for detai ls on how to switch Auto PI Seek ON/OFF. Regio nal Func tion ( Regi on a l) When AF is used to retune the tu ner au tomatic ally, th e Regio nal fun ction l imits th e selectio n to stat i ons br o adc ast ing reg ion al progr ams. 1RWHî â¢ Regi ona l program m in g and reg ional net w or ks are orga ni ze d diffe ren tly depe nding on the cou ntry (i.e. , they ma y ch ange accord ing t o th e ho ur, sta te or b roadc ast a rea). ⢠The pr eset numbe r may disap pear on th e display if th e tu ner tunes in a reg ional sta tion which differs from t h e orig ina l ly se t s ta ti on. ⢠âÂÂREGâ is di splayed if you activ ate t he Reg ional f uncti on wh en the Func tion Me nu is cance led. î Activating the Regional Function The Reg ional func ti on can be turn ed ON i ndepe ndent ly for ea ch FM ba nd. îÂÂî 3U HVVîÂÂWKH îÂÂ)81&7 ,21îÂÂEX WWR QîÂÂDQGîÂÂVH OHFWîÂÂWKH îÂÂ5HJLRQ DOîÂÂP RG HîÂÂîÂÂ5HJLRQDOîÂÂîÂÂLQîÂÂWK Hî )XQFWLRQîÂÂ0HQXî îÂÂî $FWLYDWHîÂÂRUîÂÂGHDFWLYD WHîÂÂ5HJLR QDOîÂÂZKLOHîÂÂLQîÂÂDQîÂÂ)0î EDQGîÂÂ
îÂÂî 8VLQJîÂÂ5 '6îÂÂ)XQF WLRQV T raf fic Ann ounce ment Sta nd by Fu nction (T raffic Anno unceme nt) The TA (Traffi c Announce ment stan db y) functio n l et s you rece ive traffic ann ouncemen ts automati cally, n o matte r what sourc e yo u are liste ning to. Th e TA fun ction c an be ac tivat ed for either a TP sta tion (a sta tion th at broadc asts traffi c information ) or an EON TP st ation (a station carrying information which cross-references TP stations). î Activating/Deactiva ting the T A Fu nction îÂÂî 7 X QH îÂÂLQîÂÂDîÂÂ73îÂÂRUîÂÂ( 21îÂÂ73îÂÂVWDWLR Qî The TP ind icator (â âÂÂ) lights whe n the tuner is tune d to a TP stati on or a n EON TP statio n. îÂÂî $FWLYDWHîÂÂWKHîÂÂ7 $îÂÂIXQFWLRQî The âÂÂTRF Câ indic ator lig hts, in dicatin g tha t the tuner is waiting for tra ffic annou ncements. Repea t the pr eceeding operatio n when no traffi c announ cement i s being received to dea ctivate the T A func tion. 1RWHî â¢ You can also switc h the TA functi on ON/OFF in the Function Menu. ⢠The sy stem switche s back to t he orig inal sourc e foll owing traffic anno uncement recep tion. ⢠The TA fun ctio n ca n be activa ted from source s othe r th an tuner if the tuner wa s last set to the FM ban d but not if it was la st set to t he MW/L W ban d. ⢠If the tune r wa s last set to FM, turn ing on the TA functi on le t s you opera te oth er tuning fu ncti ons whil e li ste ning t o sourc e s other th an tune r. ⢠Only TP or E ON TP sta tions are tu ned in du ring t he See k Tuning mode when the âÂÂTR FCâ ind icator is ON. ⢠Only T P or EO N TP stati ons a re sto red by BSM when the âÂÂT RFC â indic a tor is O N. âÂÂTRF Câ âÂÂâÂÂ
îÂÂî î Canceling T raffic Announcements î 3UHVVîÂÂWKHîÂÂ7 $îÂÂEX WWRQîÂÂZKLOHîÂÂDîÂÂWUDIILFîÂÂDQQRXQFHP HQ WîÂÂLVîÂÂEHLQJîÂÂUHFHLYHGîÂÂWRîÂÂFDQFHOîÂÂWK H î DQQRXQ FHP HQWîÂÂDQGîÂÂUHWXUQîÂÂWRîÂÂWKH îÂÂRULJLQDOîÂÂVRXUFHî The an nounce ment is cancele d bu t the tu ner r emains in the TA mode until the T A butto n is pr es s e d ag a i n. î Adjusting the T A V olume When a traffi c anno unce ment beg ins, th e vo lume ad just s automatic ally to a p reset level to enab le you t o hear the announ cement clearly . î 6HWîÂÂWKH îÂÂYROXP HîÂÂE\îÂÂDGMXVWLQJîÂÂLWîÂÂG XULQJîÂÂU HFHSWLR QîÂÂRIîÂÂDîÂÂWUDIILFîÂÂD QQRXQFH P HQWî The newly set volume is stored in memo ry and recall ed for subsequ ent traffi c announce ments. î TP Alarm Function Abou t 3 0 seco nds after th e TP i ndicator (â âÂÂ) is exting uished du e to a weak signa l, a 5 secon d beep sound s to remi nd you t o select anot her TP or EON T P statio n. î ,IîÂÂ\RX îÂÂDU HîÂÂOLVWHQLQJîÂÂWRîÂÂWKHîÂÂWXQHU îÂÂî WXQH îÂÂLQîÂÂDQRWK HUîÂÂ73îÂÂVWDWLRQîÂÂR UîÂÂ(21îÂÂ73îÂÂVWDWLRQ î In sourc es oth er th an tu ne r, the t u ner a utom aticall y seeks out the TP s tation with th e stro ng est signal i n the cu rrent area 10 (or 30)* sec onds after t he TP ind icator (â âÂÂ) disappears from the displa y. îÂÂîÂÂ7 L P HîÂÂWDNHQîÂÂEHIRUHîÂÂ6HHNîÂÂEHJLQVî TA fu ncti on ON 10 se conds TA, AF fun ctions ON 30 se conds
îÂÂî 8VLQJîÂÂ5 '6îÂÂ)XQF WLRQV PTY Funct ion With Wide and Narrow classific ation of pr ogram type, the PTY functio n provides two ways to select statio ns by the type of p rogra m being broadc ast (PTY Se arch). It a lso prov ides aut omatic tu ni ng to emergenc y bro adcast s ( PTY Alar m) . 1RWHî â¢ There âÂÂs no ne ed to perform PTY Search settings ag ain if t hey have previ ousl y be en set. After switchi ng t o the PTY Se ar ch Se ttin g mo de in Step 1, just per form PTY Search in Step 4. î Searching the P TY îÂÂî 6HOH FWîÂÂWKHîÂÂ3 7 <îÂÂ6HDU FKîÂÂ6HWWLQJîÂÂP RGH î îÂÂî 6HOH FWîÂÂWKHîÂÂ3 7 <îÂÂ6HDU FKîÂÂP HWK RGîÂÂîÂÂ:LGHîÂÂîÂÂ1DUU R ZîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî 6HOH FWîÂÂRQHîÂÂIURP îÂÂDP RQJîÂÂWKH îÂÂ3 7< î îÂÂî 6 WDUWîÂÂ3 7<îÂÂ6H DU FKî The tu ne r searches for a st ation bro ad casting th e de sired PTY. To can cel the P TY Searc h Settin g mod e, hold down th e PTY b utton fo r 2 second s. 1RWHî â¢ The prog ram of som e statio ns m ay di ffe r from that ind icated by the tr ansmi tt ed PTY. ⢠If no st ation broa dcasting the selected p rogrammin g type is found, â NOT FOUN Dâ is displaye d for abou t 2 sec onds, and t he t une r retur ns to the or igi nal stat ion.
îÂÂî î News Program Interruption Setting (News) You can s wi tch automat ic recept i on of PTY code new s prog rams ON/ OFF. When a received news prog r a m ends, rec ep tio n of the pre vio us pro gr a m resum e s . î 6HWîÂÂLQWH UUXSWLRQ îÂÂWRîÂÂ21îÂÂRUîÂÂ2)) î 1RWHî â¢ You can also switch the News Progr am Int er rupt ion Setti ng ON/OFF in the Function Me nu. î PTY Alar m PTY Alarm is a sp ecial PTY co de for anno unceme nt s rega rding emerg enci es such as natural disast ers. When the tune r receives the radio alarm code, âÂÂALARMâ appears on the disp lay and the vo lume a djusts t o the TA volume. Whe n the station stops bro adcasti ng the emerg ency anno un cement, the system retu rns t o the previo us source . 1RWHî â¢ The syste m swi tc hes bac k to t he orig inal sou rce fol lowin g emerge ncy ann oun cem en t recept ion. î Canceling Announcem ents î 3UHVVî WKHî 7 $î EXWWRQ î GXULQJî DQQRX QFHP HQWî U H FHSWLRQî WRî FDQFHOî WKHî DQQRXQ FHP HQWî DQGîÂÂUHWXUQîÂÂWRîÂÂWKHîÂÂSUHYLRXVîÂÂVR XU FHî Hold fo r 2 seco nds âÂÂN EW SâÂÂ
îÂÂî î PTY List :LGH 1D U U RZ 'HWDLOV News&Inf News News. Affa irs Curr ent aff airs . Info Gene ral informa tion and a dvic e. Sport Sport s prog rams. Weath er Weath er r e ports/M eteorol ogical info rmation . Financ e Stoc k mar ket rep orts, co m m erc e, tr ading etc. Popular Pop Mus Popul a r mu sic . Roc k Mus C on temp ora ry mod ern music. Easy Mus Easy listening music. Oth M u s Othe r ty pe s of musi c, whi ch ca n â t be ca te gor ized . Jazz Jazz music based pr ogra m s. Cou ntry Cou ntry mu sic based pro gram s. Nat Mus Nat ional mu sic b ased pro gram s. Oldi e s Oldi e s musi c, â Golden age â based progra ms. Folk Mus Folk music based program s. Cla ss i c s L. Cla ss Li ght clas s i cal m usi c. Classic Serious classical mu sic. Others Edu cate Edu cation al p rograms . Dram a All radio play s and serials. Cul tu re P rogr ams con cerne d wi th a ny a spect of nat io nal or re gio nal cu lt ure . Scien ce Progr ams abo ut nature , scienc e an d tech nolog y. Vari ed Light ente rta in ment prog rams. Chi ldren Childr enâ s progr ams. Soci a l Soci al aff ai rs prog rams. Reli gion Rel i gio n aff air s prog rams or se rvi ces. Phone In Phone in based prog ra ms. Tou r i ng T ra vel pr ogram s , no t for announc eme nt s abo ut traf fic prob lem . Leisu re P rogram s abo ut h obbie s and recrea tiona l act ivities . Do cu men t Do cu men ta ry pro gram s.
îÂÂî 8VLQJîÂÂW KHîÂÂ%XLO WîÂÂLQîÂÂ&'îÂÂ3 OD\H U î Repeat Play (P lay Mode) Repeat Pl a y plays th e same track rep eatedly . îÂÂî 3U HVVîÂÂWKHîÂÂ)81&7 ,21îÂÂEX WWR QîÂÂDQGîÂÂVHOH FWîÂÂWKH îÂÂ5HSH DWîÂÂP RG HîÂÂîÂÂ3OD\îÂÂ0 RGHîÂÂîÂÂLQîÂÂWKHî )XQFWLRQîÂÂ0HQXî 1RWHî â¢ If you pe rform T rac k Search or Fa st Forward /R eve rse , Repea t Play is a utom at ical ly ca nce l ed. î Random Play (RandomPlay) Random Play plays the tracks on a CD in random order for variety. îÂÂî 3U HVVîÂÂWKHîÂÂ)81&7, 21 îÂÂEXWWRQîÂÂDQGîÂÂVHOHFWîÂÂWKHîÂÂ5DQGR P îÂÂP RGH îÂÂîÂÂ5DQGRP 3OD \îÂÂîÂÂLQî WKHî )XQFWLRQîÂÂ0HQXî îÂÂî 6ZLWFKîÂÂWKHîÂÂ5HSHDWîÂÂ3OD\îÂÂ21îÂÂ2)) î ZLWKîÂÂWKHî î îÂÂî EXWWRQVî îÂÂî 6ZLWFKîÂÂ5DQGRP îÂÂ3OD\îÂÂ21îÂÂ2 ))î ZLWKîÂÂWKHî î îÂÂî EXWWRQVîÂÂ
îÂÂî 8VLQJîÂÂW KHîÂÂ%XL OWîÂÂLQîÂÂ&' îÂÂ3OD\H U î Scan Play (S can Pla y) Scan Pl ay play s the first 10 seco nd s or so of each t r ack on an CD in succe ssion. îÂÂî 3UHVVîÂÂWKHîÂÂ)81&7,21îÂÂEX WWR QîÂÂDQGîÂÂV H OH FWîÂÂWKHîÂÂ6FDQîÂÂP R GH îÂÂîÂÂ6FDQîÂÂ3OD\îÂÂîÂÂLQîÂÂWKHî )XQFWLRQ îÂÂ0HQXî 1RWHî â¢ Sc an Pla y is ca ncel ed aut om ati call y afte r all th e tr ac ks on a dis c have be en sc an ned . î Paus e (P au se) Paus e pa uses the curren tly play ing track . îÂÂî 3UHVVîÂÂWKHîÂÂ)81&7,21îÂÂEXWWR QîÂÂDQGîÂÂV HOH FWîÂÂWKHîÂÂ3DXVHîÂÂP R GHîÂÂîÂÂ3DXVH îÂÂîÂÂLQîÂÂWKHîÂÂ)XQFWLR Qî 0HQXî îÂÂî 6ZLWFKî WKHî 6FDQî 3OD\î 21î ZLWKî WKHî î EXWWR Qî îÂÂî :KHQîÂÂ\R XîÂÂILQGîÂÂWKH îÂÂGHVLUHGîÂÂWUDFNîÂÂî FDQFHOîÂÂWKHîÂÂ6FDQîÂÂ3OD\îÂÂZLWKîÂÂWKHî î EXWWR Qî If the F unc tion M enu has be en canceled automati cally, select the Scan mod e in th e Fu nctio n Me nu again . îÂÂî 6ZLWFKîÂÂWKHîÂÂ3DXVHîÂÂ21îÂÂ2))îÂÂZLWKî WK Hî î îÂÂî EXWWRQVîÂÂ
îÂÂî î Selec ting T racks by T r ack Title List (T rack Li st) Every 6 track title s on a CD TEXT di sc are d isplay ed. You can scro ll the display . îÂÂî 3U HVVîÂÂWKH îÂÂ)81&7 ,21îÂÂEXWWR QîÂÂDQGîÂÂVHOHFWîÂÂWKH îÂÂ7 UDFN îÂÂ/LVWîÂÂP R GHîÂÂîÂÂ7 UDFN îÂÂ/LVWîÂÂîÂÂLQîÂÂWKHî )XQFWLRQîÂÂ0HQXî 1RWHî â¢ Yo u can also s elect a nd pla y th e de sired tr ac k ti tle d i rect ly wi th t he 1 t o 6 butt ons. 1RWHî â¢ When onl y pl aying a CD TEXT disc on t his pr oduct , yo u ca n swit ch to this mode . î Disc Title Input (T itle Input ABC) You can inp ut up to 48 disc tit les for CDs in the Built-i n CD player . (Refer to âÂÂDisc Tit le Inputâ on p age 5 2 under â Usi ng M ulti- CD P laye rsâÂÂ. ) 1RWHî â¢ After the title for 48 discs have be en e nt ered, dat a for a ne w disc w ill ove rwr ite the ol de st one . ⢠If you co nnect a Multi -CD playe r, you can in put disc ti tl es for up to 10 0 disc s. ⢠When pl ayi ng a CD TEXT disc on th is pro duct, you cannot swit ch to this mode . îÂÂî 6HOHFWîÂÂWKHîÂÂGH VLUHGîÂÂWUDFNîÂÂWLWOHîÂÂZLWKî WK Hî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂEXWWRQVî âÂÂNo T.T itleâ is displaye d for tr ack whose ti tles ha ve no t be en inpu t. îÂÂî 3OD\î WKHî VHOHFWHGîÂÂW UDFNîÂÂZ LWKîÂÂWKHî î î EXWWRQîÂÂ
îÂÂî 8VLQJîÂÂ0 XOWLîÂÂ& 'îÂÂ3OD\ HUV î Repeat P lay (Play Mode) There are three repeat play rang es: One-tra ck Repeat, Disc Repea t and Multi-CD pla yer Repeat. Default repeat play range is Multi-CD player Repeat. îÂÂî 3UHVVîÂÂWKHîÂÂ)81&7,21îÂÂEXWWR QîÂÂDQGîÂÂV HOHFWîÂÂWKHîÂÂ5HSHDWîÂÂVHOH FWLQJîÂÂP R GHîÂÂîÂÂ3OD\îÂÂ0 R GHîÂÂî LQîÂÂWKH îÂÂ)XQFWLR QîÂÂ0HQXî 1RWHî â¢ If you sel ec t othe r di scs during the rep ea t play , the re pe at play ra nge cha ng es to Mult i-CD pl ay er Repe at. ⢠If yo u perfo rm Trac k Searc h or Fa st Forward/ Reverse during One-trac k Re peat, the repe at pla y range change s to Disc Re peat. î Random Play (RandomPlay) Trac ks are pla yed at ran dom wit hin the selected rep eat mode play range as ex plain ed in âÂÂRep eat Play â above. îÂÂî 3UHVVîÂÂWKHîÂÂ)81&7,21îÂÂEXWWRQîÂÂDQGîÂÂVHOHFWîÂÂWKHîÂÂ5DQGRP îÂÂP RG HîÂÂî 5DQGRP 3OD\îÂÂîÂÂLQîÂÂW KHî )XQFWLRQ îÂÂ0 H QXî 1RWHî â¢ One-t ra ck Repeat c han ge s to the Disc Re peat when you switc h the Ra ndom Pl ay ON. îÂÂî 6HOHFWîÂÂWKH îÂÂGH VLUHGîÂÂU HSH DWîÂÂSOD\î UDQJHîÂÂZ LWKîÂÂWKHî î îÂÂî îÂÂEXWWR QVî Multi-CD pl ay er Repeat (âÂÂMa gazin e Repeatâ is d isplayed) 3 One-track Repe at (âÂÂTra ck Rep eatâ is di spla yed ) 3 Disc Repeat (âÂÂDisc Repeatâ is disp layed ) îÂÂî 6ZLWFKîÂÂWKHîÂÂ5DQGRP îÂÂ3OD\î 21 îÂÂ2 ))î ZLW K îÂÂW KH î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂEXWWRQVî Afte r sele cti ng the de sire d repe at pla y range from those referred to in âÂÂRepea t Pla yâ abov e, switc h Mu lti- CD Player Rand om Play ON.
îÂÂî î Scan Play (Scan Pla y) In the Disc Repeat, the b egi nning of each track on the selecte d disc is sca nne d for abou t 10 secon ds. In the Multi -CD player Repe at, the beg inning o f the first track on each disc is sc anned for abou t 10 sec ond s. îÂÂî 3U HVVîÂÂWKH îÂÂ)81&7 ,21îÂÂEX WWR QîÂÂDQGîÂÂVH OH FWîÂÂWKHîÂÂ6FDQîÂÂP R GHîÂÂîÂÂ6FDQîÂÂ3OD\îÂÂîÂÂLQîÂÂWKHî )XQFWLRQîÂÂ0HQXî 1RWHî â¢ Sca n P lay is canc eled auto mati cal ly a fte r al l the tr acks or discs ha ve b ee n scan ned . ⢠One-track Repeat changes to the Disc Repeat when you switc h the Scan Play ON. î Pause (Pause ) Paus e pauses the cu rrently playin g track. îÂÂî 3U HVVîÂÂWKH îÂÂ)81&7 ,21îÂÂEX WWR QîÂÂDQGîÂÂVH OH FWîÂÂWKHîÂÂ3DXVH îÂÂP R GH îÂÂîÂÂ3DXVH îÂÂîÂÂLQîÂÂWKHîÂÂ)XQFWLR Qî 0HQXî 'LVSOD\ 3O D\î UDQ JH T. Scan Disc Repeat D. S can M ulti -CD pl ayer R epea t îÂÂî 6ZLWFKîÂÂWKHîÂÂ6FDQîÂÂ3OD\îÂÂ21îÂÂZ LWKî WK Hî î îÂÂEXWWRQî After selectin g the de sired repeat pla y range from those referred to in âÂÂRepeat Play â on page 48, switch M ulti -CD Player Sc an Pl ay ON. îÂÂî :KHQîÂÂ\R XîÂÂILQGîÂÂWKHîÂÂGH V LUHGîÂÂWUDFNî îÂÂRUîÂÂGLVFîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂFDQFHOîÂÂWKHîÂÂ6FDQîÂÂ3OD\î ZLWKîÂÂWKHî î îÂÂEXWWR Qî If th e Func tion Me nu ha s bee n can cel ed autom atica lly, sele ct th e Scan m ode in the F unct io n Menu again . îÂÂî 6ZLWFKîÂÂWKHîÂÂ3DXVHîÂÂ21îÂÂ2))îÂÂZLWKî WK H î î îÂÂî îÂÂEXWWRQVîÂÂ
îÂÂî 8VLQJîÂÂ0 XOWLîÂÂ& 'îÂÂ3OD\ HUV Compres sion and DBE (Comp ressi on) Using the Comp. (Co mpression) a nd DBE (Dynam ic Bass Emphasi s) func tions en ables Multi- CD player so und qual ity adjus tm ent. Each o f the functio ns enables two-step ad justmen t. î Comp./DBE ON/OFF Switching îÂÂî 3UHVVîÂÂWKHîÂÂ)81&7,21îÂÂEXWWR QîÂÂDQGîÂÂV HOHFWîÂÂWKHîÂÂ&R P S îÂÂîÂÂ'%(îÂÂ6ZLWFKLQJîÂÂP RGHî îÂÂ&RP S UHVVLR QîÂÂîÂÂLQîÂÂWKHîÂÂ)XQFWLR QîÂÂ0HQXî 1RWHî â¢ You c an use these function s with a Multi-C D pl ayer th at ha s them . If the play er does not feat ure th e Com p. /DB E func ti ons, âÂÂNo Comp. â i s displ ayed if you try to use them . î Comp. The Comp. (Compression) function adjusts im balan ces bet ween lo ud a nd subd ued sound s at highe r v olumes. î DBE DBE (Dynamic Bass Emphasis) boo sts bass levels to give a f uller so und. îÂÂî 6HOHFWîÂÂWKHîÂÂGH VLUHGîÂÂP R GH îÂÂZLWKîÂÂWKHî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂEXWWRQVî Comp. OFF 3 Comp. 1 3 Comp. 2 3 Comp. OFF 3 DBE 1 3 DBE 2
îÂÂî ITS (In stant T rack Se lecti on) The ITS fun c tio n a llo ws you to se ar ch for th e track yo u wish to pl a y when a Mu lti-CD p l aye r is installe d. You c an use ITS to prog ram autom atic p layback o f up t o 24 tra cks per di sc from up to 1 00 di scs. (You c an store ITS p rogram and Disc Titl e da ta for up to 100 discs in memory. ) î ITS Programming (ITS Memory) Prog ramme d tracks are playe d within the selected repeat pl ay range i n the âÂÂRepeat P la yâ on pag e 48 . îÂÂî 3OD\îÂÂWKHîÂÂWUDFNîÂÂ\RXîÂÂZLVKîÂÂWRîÂÂSURJUDP î îÂÂî 6HOH FWîÂÂWKHîÂÂ,76îÂÂ3URJUDP P LQJîÂÂP RGHîÂÂîÂÂ,7 6îÂÂ0HP RU\îÂÂîÂÂLQîÂÂWKHîÂÂ'HWDLOHGîÂÂ6H WWLQJîÂÂ0 HQXîÂÂî îÂÂ5HIHUîÂÂWRîÂÂSDJHîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî 1RWHî â¢ After 100 discs ha ve bee n prog ramm e d, data fo r a ne w disc wil l ove rwri t e th e data for th e disc th at has not bee n pl aye d bac k for th e longe st time . î ITS Pl ay (ITS Pl ay) ITS Play of tracks is performe d within the play ra ng e exp laine d in th e âÂÂRep eat Pla yâ sectio n. îÂÂî 3U HVVîÂÂWKHîÂÂ)81&7 ,21îÂÂEXWWR QîÂÂDQGîÂÂVHOHFWîÂÂWKHîÂÂ,7 6îÂÂ3OD\îÂÂPR GHîÂÂîÂÂ,7 6îÂÂ3OD\îÂÂîÂÂLQîÂÂWKHî )XQFWLRQîÂÂ0HQXî 1RWHî â¢ If no tra ck in the cu rrent ra nge is progra m med fo r ITS pl ay , âÂÂITS Em pt y â i s displ ay ed . îÂÂî 3U RJUDP îÂÂWKHîÂÂGH V LUHGîÂÂWUDFNîÂÂZLWKî WK H î î îÂÂEXWWRQî îÂÂî 6ZLWFKîÂÂ,76îÂÂSOD\îÂÂ21îÂÂ2))îÂÂZ LWKî WK Hî î îÂÂî îÂÂEXWWRQVî Afte r sele cti ng the de sire d repe at pla y range from those referred to in âÂÂRepeat Play â on page 48, swit ch ITS Play ON.
îÂÂî 8VLQJîÂÂ0 XOWLîÂÂ& 'îÂÂ3OD\ HUV î Era se a T rack Progr am îÂÂî 6HOH FWîÂÂWKHîÂÂWUDFNîÂÂ\RXîÂÂZLVKîÂÂWRîÂÂHUDVH îÂÂîÂÂGXULQJîÂÂ,76 îÂÂ3OD\ î îÂÂî 6HOH FWîÂÂWKHîÂÂ,76îÂÂ3URJUDP P LQ JîÂÂP RGH îÂÂîÂÂ,76îÂÂ0HPR U\îÂÂîÂÂLQîÂÂWKHîÂÂ'HWDLOHGîÂÂ6H WWLQJîÂÂ0HQXîÂÂî îÂÂ5HIHUîÂÂWRîÂÂSDJH îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î î Erase a Disc Pr ogram îÂÂî 6HOH FWîÂÂWKHîÂÂGLVFîÂÂ\RXîÂÂZLVKîÂÂWRîÂÂHUDVH îÂÂîÂÂZKLOHîÂÂWKHîÂÂGLVFîÂÂLV îÂÂSOD\LQJî îÂÂî 6HOH FWîÂÂWKHîÂÂ,76îÂÂ3URJUDP P LQJîÂÂP RG H îÂÂîÂÂ,76îÂÂ0HPR U\îÂÂîÂÂLQîÂÂWKHîÂÂ'HWDLOHGîÂÂ6H WWLQJîÂÂ0 HQXîÂÂî îÂÂ5HIHUîÂÂWRîÂÂSDJH îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î Disc Title î Disc Title Input (T itle Input ABC) You can input Titl e s up to 10 le tters long for up to 100 d iscs. Using this functi on lets you ea sily search for and select a de sired disc for play . (You can store ITS pro gram an d Disc T itle d ata for up to 100 di scs in memory.) îÂÂî 3OD\îÂÂWKHîÂÂGLVFîÂÂ\RXîÂÂZLVKîÂÂWRîÂÂLQSXWîÂÂWKHîÂÂGLV FîÂÂWLWOHî îÂÂî 6HOH FWîÂÂWKHîÂÂ'LVFîÂÂ7 LWOHî ,QSXWîÂÂP RGHîÂÂîÂÂ7 LWOHîÂÂ,QSXWîÂÂ$%&î î LQîÂÂWKHî 'HWDLOHGîÂÂ6HWWLQJîÂÂ0 HQXîÂÂî îÂÂ5HIHUîÂÂWRîÂÂSDJH îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î 1RWHî â¢ Whe n pl ay in g a CD T EX T disc on a CD TEXT comp at ible Multi- CD play er, you cannot swit ch to this mode . ⢠A CD TE XT di sc is a CD fea turi ng re co rded te xt informat ion su ch as Disc Titl e, A rti st Na me an d Trac k Ti tle . îÂÂî (UDVHî WKHî WUDFNî SU RJUDP î ZLWKî WKHî î îÂÂEX WWRQî ITS is canc eled and pl ayba ck of th e ne xt IT S-pr ogr amme d t rack begi ns. I f there are no mo re prog rammed t r ack s in the current rang e, âÂÂITS E MPT Yâ is dis pl aye d an d normal play resum e s . îÂÂî (UDVHîÂÂZ LWKî WKHî GLVFî SU RJUDPîÂÂZLWKî WK Hî î îÂÂEXWWRQîÂÂ
îÂÂî Each pre ss of bu tton 1 chang es the Ch aracter ty pe in the fo llowing o rder: Alphab et (Upper case), Nu mbers and Sy mbols 3 Alphabet (Lower case) 3 European letters, such as tho se with acc ent s (e.g. á, à, ä, ç) 1RWHî â¢ You ca n sel ec t to inp ut Num b ers and Sym bo ls by pressi ng but t on 2. 1RWHî â¢ Tit les r emain in memory , e ven a fter the disc h as be en re move d fro m the ma gazi ne, a nd ar e re called when th e di sc is rein sert ed. ⢠After the titles for 10 0 discs have been ente red, data for a new disc will ove rwrite th e data for t he disc that has no t be en playe d back fo r the lon ge s t ti m e. ⢠You ca n disp lay th e disc ti tl e of the disc curr entl y pla ying. For de ta ils, refe r to âÂÂSwitchin g the Displayâ on page 26. îÂÂî 6ZLWFKîÂÂWKHîÂÂGHVLU HGîÂÂ&KDUDFWHUî W\SHîÂÂZLWKî EXWWRQîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî 6HOHFWîÂÂOHWWHUV îÂÂîÂÂQXP EH UVîÂÂDQGî V\P ER OVîÂÂZLWKîÂÂWKHî î î î EXW W RQVî To insert a spa ce, select the flash in g cursor âÂÂ_â . îÂÂî 0 RYHîÂÂWKHîÂÂE R[ îÂÂOHIWîÂÂDQGîÂÂULJKWîÂÂZLWKî WK Hî îÂÂîÂÂî EXWWRQVî îÂÂî :KHQîÂÂ\R XîÂÂKDYHîÂÂFRP S OHWHG îÂÂWLWOHî LQSXWîÂÂîÂÂP DNHîÂÂWKH îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂWKîÂÂOHWWHUîÂÂIODVKîÂÂî WKHQîÂÂP HP RUL]HîÂÂE\îÂÂSUHVVLQJîÂÂWKHî î EXWWRQîÂÂ
îÂÂî 8VLQJîÂÂ0 XOWLîÂÂ& 'îÂÂ3OD\ HUV î Sele cting Discs by Disc Title List (D isc List) Ever y 6 discs ar e displa yed. You ca n scroll t he displ ay. Follow the pro cedures below t o play a disc for wh ich yo u have input the ti tle in a Multi -CD playe r or a CD TEXT dis c on a CD T EXT compa t ible Multi -CD player. îÂÂî 3UHVVîÂÂWKHîÂÂ)81&7,21îÂÂEXWWR QîÂÂDQGîÂÂV HOH FWîÂÂWKHîÂÂ'LVFîÂÂ7LWOHîÂÂ/LV WîÂÂP R GH îÂÂîÂÂ'LV FîÂÂ/LV WîÂÂîÂÂLQî WKHîÂÂ)XQFWLRQ îÂÂ0HQXî âÂÂNo D.Title â is displ ayed fo r disc who se titl es have not be en inp ut. âÂÂNo Di scâ is disp layed next to the di sc nu mber when no d isc is se t i n the ma ga zine. 1RWHî â¢ You ca n also sel ec t a nd pl ay the desire d disc ti tl e di re ctly wi th the 1 to 6 butto ns. î Sele cting T r acks by T rac k T itle List (T r ack List) Ever y 6 tracks on a CD TEXT d isc are di spla yed. You can scroll t he displ ay. îÂÂî 3UHVVîÂÂWKHîÂÂ)81&7,21îÂÂEXWWR QîÂÂDQGîÂÂV HOH FWîÂÂWKHîÂÂ7 UDFNîÂÂ/ LVWîÂÂP R GHîÂÂîÂÂ7 UDFN îÂÂ/L VWîÂÂîÂÂLQîÂÂWKHî )XQFWLRQ îÂÂ0HQXî 1RWHî â¢ Whe n only pl ayin g a CD TEXT di sc on a CD TE XT com patibl e Mult i-CD p layer, you can sw it ch to this mode . 1RWHî â¢ You ca n also sel ec t a nd pl ay the desire d track titl e di rec tly wi th t he 1 to 6 butto ns. îÂÂî 6HOHFWîÂÂWKH îÂÂGHVLUHGîÂÂGLV FîÂÂWLWOHîÂÂZLWKî WK H î îÂÂîÂÂî EXWWRQVî îÂÂî 3OD\îÂÂWKHîÂÂVHOHFWHGîÂÂGLVFîÂÂZLWKîÂÂWKHî î EXWWR Qî îÂÂî 6HOHFWîÂÂWKHîÂÂGH VLUHGîÂÂWUDFN îÂÂWLWOHîÂÂZLWKî WK Hî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂEXWWRQ Vî âÂÂNo T.T itleâ is displaye d for tr ack whose ti tles ha ve no t be en inpu t. îÂÂî 3OD\îÂÂWKHîÂÂVHOHFWHGîÂÂWUDFNîÂÂZLWKîÂÂWKHî î EXWWR QîÂÂ
îÂÂî $XGLRî $GMXVW P HQW Sele cti ng the Equ alizer Cur ve You can s wi tch betwe en E qualizer curv es. î 5R WDWHîÂÂWKHîÂÂ(4îÂÂVHOHFWR UîÂÂXSîÂÂRUîÂÂGRZQîÂÂWRîÂÂVH OH FWîÂÂWKHîÂÂGHVL UHGîÂÂ(TXDOL]HUîÂÂFXUYHî SUPER BASS 4î POWERFUL 4 NATURAL 4 VOCAL 4 CUSTOM 4 FLAT 1RWHî â¢ âÂÂCUSTOMâ store s an e qua liz er curve you have m ade adjust m ents to. (R efe r to âÂÂEqua lizer Cu rve Adjustm entâ on p age 57 and âÂÂEqua lizer Cur ve Fine Adju stmentâ on pa ge 58. ) ⢠You ca n crea te diffe rent â CUSTOM â curves for d iffere nt source s. (The Built-i n CD pla yer a nd Mult i- CD pl aye r are se t t o the same Equ alizer Curve Adjustm ent settin g au toma tically. ) ⢠When âÂÂCUSTOMâ is selected, the d isplayed curve and name switches to that selected bef ore adju stm e nts we re ma de (re fe r to pages 57 to 58) an d âÂÂCUST OMâ is also display ed . Init ia ll y, âÂÂFL ATâ an d âÂÂCU S TO Mâ a ppear on the di spla y. Enter ing th e Audio Menu With t his Menu , you can ad just th e sou nd qu ality. 1RWHî â¢ After entering the Audio Men u, if you do not perf orm an op er atio n wit h i n abo ut 30 sec onds, th e Aud io M enu is a ut oma tica lly ca ncel ed . ⢠Audio Menu func tions chan ge dep endin g on the Rea r Spea ker Out put a nd Su bwoofer C ontro ller setting in the Ini ti a l Setting Menu. (Refe r to âÂÂSwi tc hi ng the Re a r Speake r Out putâ a nd â S et ti ng the Subwoof er Cont rol â on page 68.) îÂÂî 6HOH FWîÂÂWKHîÂÂGH V LUHGîÂÂP RG HîÂÂLQîÂÂWKH îÂÂ$XGL RîÂÂ0HQXî îÂÂî 2SHUDWHîÂÂDîÂÂP R GHî îÂÂî &DQFHOîÂÂWKHîÂÂ$XG LR îÂÂ0 HQXî âÂÂCUSTOMâ Each pr ess chan ges t he M ode ...
îÂÂî $XGLR îÂÂ$GMXV WP HQW Audio Menu Func tion s The Au di o Me nu fe atur es th e fo llowing f unc tions. î Balance Adjustment (F AD/BAL) This fun ctio n all ows you to select a Fade r/Balan ce setti ng th at pr ovides ideal listen ing condition s in a ll occupi ed seat s. îÂÂî 3UHVVîÂÂWKHîÂÂ$8',2îÂÂEXWWRQ îÂÂDQGîÂÂVHOHFWîÂÂWKH îÂÂ)DGHUîÂÂ%DODQFHîÂÂP RGHîÂÂîÂÂ) $'î %$/îÂÂîÂÂLQîÂÂWKH î $XGLR îÂÂ0 HQXî 1RWHî â¢ Whe n t he R ear Spea ke r Out put set ti ng is â S ub woo fer outp utâÂÂ, you c an not adju st front /r ear sp ea ke r bala nc e. (Re fer to page 6 8.) ⢠âÂÂFad er F/R: 0 0â i s the proper sett ing wh en 2 speake rs are in use . îÂÂî $GMXVWîÂÂIU RQWîÂÂUHDUîÂÂVSHDNHUî EDODQFHîÂÂZLWKîÂÂW KHî î îÂÂî EXWWRQVî âÂÂFade r Fr on t:15â â âÂÂFa der Rear:15â is disp layed as it mo ves from front to rear . îÂÂî $GMXVWîÂÂOHIWîÂÂULJKWîÂÂVSHDN HUîÂÂEDODQFHî ZLWKîÂÂWKHî î îÂÂî EXWWRQVî âÂÂBalance Left :9â â âÂÂBa lance Right:9â is disp la yed a s it moves fro m lef t t o r igh t .
îÂÂî î Equalizer Curve Adjustment (Equaliz E r) You can adju st the current ly s elect ed equa liz er curve settings as de sired. Adju ste d equa li zer curve se tti ng s are memorized in âÂÂCUS TOMâÂÂ. îÂÂî 3U HVVîÂÂWKHîÂÂ$8',2îÂÂEXWWRQîÂÂDQGî VHOHFWîÂÂWKHîÂÂ(TXDOL]HUîÂÂP RG HîÂÂîÂÂ(TXDOL] UîÂÂîÂÂLQî WKHîÂÂ$XGLRî 0HQXî 1RWHî â¢ If you mak e adjust ments w hen a curv e oth er th an âÂÂC USTOMâ i s selec ted, the n ewly adj usted curve will re place the p revio us adjust ed c urve. And ne w cu rve and nam e with âÂÂCUS TOMâ appe ar on the display wh ile sel ec t ing the equ al iz er curv e. (Refe r to page 55 . ) îÂÂî 6HOHFWîÂÂWKHîÂÂEDQGîÂÂ\RXîÂÂZDQWîÂÂWRî DGMXVWîÂÂZLWKîÂÂWKHî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂEXWWRQVî LOW BAND 4 MID BAND 4 HIGH BAND îÂÂî % RR VWîÂÂRUîÂÂDWWHQX DWHîÂÂWKHîÂÂVH OHFWH Gî EDQGîÂÂZLWKîÂÂWKHî î îÂÂî îÂÂEX WWRQVî The disp l ay shows â 6â â âÂÂâ 6 âÂÂ.
îÂÂî $XGLR îÂÂ$GMXV WP HQW î Equalizer Curve Fine A djustment (Equaliz E r) You ca n adj ust the cen te r frequency and the Q factor (curv e characteri st ics) of each cu rrent ly selected curve band (LOW BAND/MID BAND/HIGH BAND). Adjusted equalizer curve settin gs are memorize d in âÂÂCUST O MâÂÂ. îÂÂî 3UHVVîÂÂWKHîÂÂ$8',2îÂÂEXWWRQ îÂÂIRUîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂVHFRQG VîÂÂWRîÂÂV H OH FWîÂÂ(TXDOL]H UîÂÂ&X UYHîÂÂ)LQHî $GMXVWP HQ Wî 1RWHî â¢ If yo u ma ke adju stme nts when a curv e ot her t han âÂÂC USTOMâ i s sele cted, the newly adju sted c urve will rep lace the pre vi ous adju ste d curve . A new curv e and na m e with â CUSTOMâ app ea rs on th e dis pl ay wh il e sele ctin g the eq uali zer cur ve. (R efer to page 55. ) Cen ter fre quenc y Freque nc y Leve l (dB ) îÂÂî 3U HVVîÂÂWKHî $8',2îÂÂEXWWRQîÂÂW RîÂÂVHOHFWî WKHîÂÂGHVLUHGîÂÂEDQGîÂÂIRUîÂÂDGMXVWP HQWîÂÂî îÂÂî 6HOHFWîÂÂWKH îÂÂGHVLUHGîÂÂIU HTXHQF\îÂÂIRUî HDFKî EDQGî ZLWKî WKHî î îÂÂî EXWWRQV îÂÂî LOW: 40 4 80 4 100 4 160 (Hz) MID: 200 4 500 4 1k 4 2k (Hz) HIG H: 3.15k 4 8k 4 10k 4 12. 5k ( Hz) îÂÂî 6HOHFWîÂÂWKH îÂÂGHVLUHGîÂÂ4 îÂÂIDFWRUîÂÂZLWKî WK H î î îÂÂî EXWWRQVî 2N 4 1N 4 1W 4 2W
îÂÂî î Loudness Adjustment (Lo udn E ss) The Loudne ss functio n com pensate s for deficienc ies in the low and hig h sound ranges at low volum e. You can sel ect a desi red Lou dne ss level. îÂÂî 3U HVVîÂÂWKHîÂÂ$8', 2îÂÂEXWWRQîÂÂDQGîÂÂV H OHFWîÂÂWKHîÂÂ/RX GQH V VîÂÂP R GHîÂÂîÂÂ/R XGQ V VîÂÂîÂÂLQîÂÂWKHîÂÂ$XGLRî 0HQXî î Subwoofer Output ( Sub W - 1) When a Su bwoofer i s conne cted, swi tch Sub w oo fer outp ut ON. Initially , Subw oofer ou tput is OFF. The Subw oo fer output ph ase can be swi t ched bet ween normal , or 0ð (âÂÂPhase: NORâÂÂ), and reverse, or 180ð(âÂÂPhase:REVâÂÂ). 0ð is the default phase. 1RWHî â¢ Whe n th e Subwoofe r Contr olle r sett i ng is â Sub woo fer control Ex terna lâ , you ca nn ot switch th e Subwoofer ON/OFF mode. In this case, this set ting is not necessary. (Refer to page 68.) ⢠Select the OFF settin g whe n you do not want the Subw oofer to ope rate. îÂÂî 3U HVVîÂÂWKHîÂÂ$8', 2îÂÂEXWWRQîÂÂDQGîÂÂV H OHFWîÂÂWKHîÂÂ6 XEZRR IHUîÂÂ21îÂÂ2))îÂÂP R GHîÂÂîÂÂ6XEîÂÂ: îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂLQî WKHîÂÂ$XGLR îÂÂ0HQXî îÂÂî 6ZLWFKîÂÂWKHîÂÂ/RXGQHVV îÂÂIXQFWLR Qî 21 îÂÂ2 ))î ZLW K îÂÂW KH î î îÂÂî EXWWR QVî îÂÂî 6HOHFWîÂÂWKH îÂÂGHVLUHGîÂÂOHYHOîÂÂZLWKîÂÂWKHî î îÂÂî EXWWRQVî Low 4 Mid 4 High îÂÂî 6ZLWFKî WKHîÂÂ6XEZRRIHUî RXWSXWîÂÂ21î 2))îÂÂZ LWKîÂÂWKHî î îÂÂî EX WWRQVî îÂÂî &KDQJHîÂÂWKHîÂÂSKDVH îÂÂRIîÂÂ6XEZRRIHUî RXWSXWîÂÂZLWKîÂÂWKHî î î î EXWWR QVîÂÂ
îÂÂî $XGLR îÂÂ$GMXV WP HQW î Subwoofer Setting Adjustment (Sub W -2) When th e Subwo ofer ou tput is ON , y ou can a djust the cu t-off fre que ncy and the outpu t lev el of Sub woo fer. îÂÂî 3UHVVîÂÂW KHîÂÂ$8',2î E XWWRQîÂÂD QGî VHOHFWîÂÂWKHî 6XEZRRIHUîÂÂVHWWLQJî P RGHîÂÂîÂÂ6XEîÂÂ: îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂLQî W KHî $XGLR îÂÂ0 HQXî 1RWHî â¢ You ca n select t he Subwoofer settin g mo de onl y w hen Subwo ofe r out put is sw it ch ed ON in the Subwoo fer ON/OFF mode. î Non-Fading Output (Non Fad E -1 ) When the Non- Fading Out pu t se tti ng is ON, the au d i o si gn a l do es no t pas s thro ug h thi s unit â s low pass filte r (for the S ubwoofe r), but is o utput th rough th e RCA o utput. 1RWHî â¢ Whe n t he Sub woof er C ontrol le r set ting is only âÂÂSub woofe r contr ol E xtern al âÂÂ, you can switch t he Non-Fa di ng Out put ON/O FF mode. (Refe r to page 68.) îÂÂî 3UHVVî WKHîÂÂ$8',2î EXWWRQîÂÂDQGîÂÂVHOHFWî WKHîÂÂ1RQîÂÂ)DGLQJî 2XWSXWîÂÂ21îÂÂ2))î P RGHî îÂÂ1RQî )DG îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂLQîÂÂWKHîÂÂ$XGLRîÂÂ0HQXî îÂÂî 6HOHFWîÂÂWKH îÂÂIU HTXHQF\îÂÂWRîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî ]îÂÂî îÂÂîÂÂî ]î RUîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî ]îÂÂZ LWKîÂÂWKHî îÂÂîÂÂî î EXWWRQVî îÂÂî ,QFUHDVHîÂÂRUîÂÂGHFUHDVHîÂÂWKHîÂÂRX WSXWî OHYHOîÂÂZLWKîÂÂWKHî î î î EX WW RQVî The disp l ay shows â 6â â âÂÂâ 6 âÂÂ. îÂÂî 6ZLWFKîÂÂWKHîÂÂ1RQîÂÂ)DGLQJîÂÂRXWSXWî 21 îÂÂ2 ))î ZLW K îÂÂW KH î î îÂÂî EXWWR QVîÂÂ
îÂÂî î Non-Fading Output Level Adjustment (Non Fa DE -2) Whe n the Non -Fa di ng ou tput is ON , y ou can ad ju st the le ve l o f No n-Fadi ng ou tpu t. îÂÂî 3U HVVîÂÂWKHîÂÂ$8', 2îÂÂEXWWRQîÂÂDQGîÂÂV HOH FWîÂÂWKHîÂÂ1RQîÂÂ)DGLQJîÂÂ2XWSXWîÂÂVHWWLQJîÂÂP R GHî îÂÂ1RQîÂÂ)DG îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂLQîÂÂWKHîÂÂ$XGLR îÂÂ0HQXî 1RWHî â¢ You can select t he Non Fading Output setting mode only when Non Fading Output is switched ON in the Non Fading Output ON/OFF mode. î High Pass Filt er (High Pa ss) Whe n yo u do not want soun d in the S ubwoo fer out p ut fre quenc y rang e ou tput f rom th e front or re ar speaker s, switch th e High P ass Filter ON. Only h igher fre quencies th an those in the select ed range are o utput from the fron t and rear s peakers. îÂÂî 3U HVVîÂÂWKHîÂÂ$8',2îÂÂEXWWR QîÂÂDQGîÂÂVHOHFWîÂÂWKH î LJKîÂÂ3D VVîÂÂ)LOWHUîÂÂP RGHîÂÂî LJKîÂÂ3DVVîÂÂîÂÂLQîÂÂWKHî $XGLR îÂÂ0 HQXî 3UHFDXWLRQî â¢ Do not swit ch F.I.E . fun ct io n and H igh Pass Filte r func tion ON at the sa me ti me. îÂÂî ,QFUHDVHîÂÂRUîÂÂGHFUHDVHîÂÂWKHîÂÂOH YHOî ZLWKîÂÂWKHî î îÂÂî EXWWRQVî The disp lay shows âÂÂ0 â â âÂÂâ 15âÂÂ. îÂÂî 6ZLWFKîÂÂWKHî LJKîÂÂ3D VVîÂÂ)LOWHUî IXQFWLRQîÂÂ21îÂÂ2))îÂÂZLWKîÂÂWKHî î îÂÂî î EXWWRQVî îÂÂî 6HOHFWîÂÂWKH îÂÂGHVLUHGîÂÂIU HTXHQF\îÂÂZLWKî WK Hî î îÂÂî EXWWRQVî 50 4 80 4 125 (H z)
îÂÂî $XGLR îÂÂ$GMXV WP HQW î Front Image Enhancer Function (FIE) The F.I.E. (Front Image Enhancer) function is a simple method o f enhancing front imaging by cut ting mi d- a nd h igh- r ange freque ncy out put from the rear speaker s, l im itin g thei r outp ut to low-rang e frequenc ies. You ca n sel ect the freque ncy you want t o cut. îÂÂî 3UHVVîÂÂWKHîÂÂ$8',2îÂÂEXWWRQ îÂÂDQGîÂÂVHOHFWîÂÂWKH îÂÂ) îÂÂ,îÂÂ(îÂÂîÂÂPR GHîÂÂîÂÂ),( îÂÂîÂÂLQîÂÂWK HîÂÂ$XGLR îÂÂ0HQXî 1RWHî â¢ Afte r switchin g the F.I.E. fun ctio n ON, sel ect th e Fade r/Bala nce mo de in t he Aud io Menu, and a djust front and rear sp eake r volum e l evels u ntil they are bala nced. ⢠When t he R ear Spea ke r Out put se t ting is â Sub woofer output âÂÂ, you c annot swit ch the F.I.E. mode . (Ref er to pag e 68.) ⢠Switch the F.I.E. func tion OF F when using a 2-speaker system . 3UHFDXWLRQî â¢ Do not switch F. I.E. func ti on and High Pa ss Filter func ti on ON at the same time. ⢠When the F.I.E. func tion is deact ivated, t he re ar spea kers outpu t sound of al l frequ encies, no t just ba ss sound s. Reduc e the volum e b efore di sengagin g F.I .E. to p reven t a sudden increa se in vol ume. îÂÂî 6ZLWFKîÂÂWKHîÂÂ) îÂÂ,îÂÂ(îÂÂîÂÂIXQFWLRQ î 21 îÂÂ2 ))î ZLW K îÂÂW KH î î îÂÂî EXWWR QVî îÂÂî 6HOHFWîÂÂWKH îÂÂGHVLUHGîÂÂIU HTXHQF\îÂÂZLWKî WK Hî î îÂÂî EXWWRQVî 100 4 160 4 250 (H z)
îÂÂî î Source Level Adjustment (SLA) Function The SLA (Sourc e Level Adjustm ent) fun ction p revents rad ical lea ps in vol ume level when switchi ng betwe en sou rces. Settings a re b ased o n the FM volu me le vel, which re mains unc han ged. îÂÂî &RP S DUHîÂÂWKHîÂÂ)0 îÂÂYROXP HîÂÂZLWKîÂÂWKHîÂÂYROXP HîÂÂRIîÂÂWKHîÂÂRWKH UîÂÂVRXUFHîÂÂî îÂÂHîÂÂJîÂÂîÂÂ% XLOWîÂÂLQîÂÂ&'îÂÂSOD\HUî îÂÂî 3U HVVîÂÂWKHîÂÂ$8', 2îÂÂEXWWRQîÂÂDQGîÂÂVHOH FWîÂÂWKHîÂÂ6 /$îÂÂP R GHîÂÂîÂÂ6/$îÂÂîÂÂLQîÂÂWKH îÂÂ$XGLRîÂÂ0HQXî 1RWHî â¢ Sinc e the FM volume is the contr ol, SLA is not possible in t he FM m odes. ⢠The MW /LW volu me level, which is d ifferent from t he FM base setting volum e le vel, c an al so be adj usted si mil ar to sour ces ot her tha n tune r. ⢠The Bui lt-in CD pla yer and Mul ti-CD play er a re s et to t he sa me volu me adjus tmen t s etting aut omati call y. îÂÂî ,QFUHDVHîÂÂRUîÂÂGHFUHDVHîÂÂWKHîÂÂOH YHOî ZLWKîÂÂWKHî î îÂÂî EXWWRQVî The disp lay shows â 4 â â âÂÂâ 4âÂÂ.
îÂÂî 'HWDFKLQJîÂÂD QGîÂÂ5H SODFL QJîÂÂWKHîÂÂ) URQWîÂÂ3D QHO Theft Protec tio n The fron t pane l of the head un it is detac hab le to disco ura g e theft. 3UHFDXWLRQî â¢ Neve r use fo rce or gri p th e display t igh tly whe n re mo ving or re pl acin g the front pa ne l. ⢠Avoid subjec ti ng the fro nt panel to ex cessiv e shoc ks. ⢠Keep the fron t pane l out of direc t sun li ght and hig h te mp erat ures. î Detaching the Front Panel î Replaci ng the Front Panel îÂÂî 0DNHîÂÂVXUHîÂÂWKHîÂÂLQQHUîÂÂFR YHUîÂÂLV îÂÂFORV H Gî î W arning T one If the front panel is n ot detache d within 5 se conds after the igni tion is tu rned off, a wa rning ton e will sound. 1RWHî â¢ Yo u ca n canc el the warn in g tone fu ncti on. (R e f er to page 67. ) îÂÂî 2SHQîÂÂWKHîÂÂIU RQWîÂÂSDQHOî 3UHFDX WLRQî â¢ A few seconds after tu rning the ignition switch to ON/OFF, the front pa ne l autom ati c ally mov es. Wh en this happ ens, you r finger s may become jamm ed in th e p anel, so keep your hand s away from i t. îÂÂî 6OLGHîÂÂDQGîÂÂUHP R YHîÂÂWKHîÂÂIURQWîÂÂSDQHOîÂÂWRZDUGîÂÂ\RXî Take ca re not t o grip the f r ont pa nel tight ly or drop it. 3UHFDX WLRQî â¢ When removin g the fro nt panel , be sure to pr ess the c orrugate d releas e sect io n on the re ar of the front pa nel whi le pull i ng. Rele ase Secti on îÂÂî 8VHîÂÂWKHîÂÂSURWHFWLYHîÂÂFDVHîÂÂSURYLGHGîÂÂWRîÂÂVWRUHîÂÂFDUU\î WKHî GHWDFKHGîÂÂIURQWî SD QHOî îÂÂî 5HSODFHîÂÂWKH îÂÂIU RQWîÂÂSDQHOîÂÂE\îÂÂFOLSSLQ JîÂÂLWîÂÂLQWRîÂÂSODFHîÂÂ
îÂÂî ,QLWLD OîÂÂ6HWW LQJ Ente ring t he Init ial Set ting Men u With t his menu , yo u can perfo rm initia l setting s for the pr oduct . îÂÂî 7 XUQ îÂÂWKHîÂÂVRX U FHîÂÂ2)) î îÂÂî (QWHUîÂÂWKHîÂÂ,QLWLDOîÂÂ6H WWL QJîÂÂ0HQXî îÂÂî 6HOH FWîÂÂWKHîÂÂGHVLUHGîÂÂP RG Hî îÂÂî 2SHUDWHîÂÂDîÂÂP RGHî îÂÂî &DQFHOîÂÂWKHîÂÂ,Q LWLDOîÂÂ6HWWLQJîÂÂ0HQXî 1RWHî â¢ Holding down the FUNCTIO N button for 2 second s also cancels the Initial Setting Menu. Hold for 2 seconds Each press changes t he Mode ...
îÂÂî ,QLWL DOîÂÂ6HWW LQJ Initi al Set t i ng Me nu Funct ions The I nitial Se tting Menu fe atur es the fo llowin g functi ons. î Changing the FM T uning Step (FM tuning step) Normal ly set at 50 kHz du ring See k tu ning i n the F M mode, the t uning step cha nges t o 10 0 kHz when the AF or TA m ode is a ctiva ted. It may b e pr eferab le to set tunin g step to 50 kHz in the AF m ode. îÂÂî 3UHVVîÂÂWKHîÂÂ)81&7,21îÂÂEXWWR QîÂÂDQGîÂÂV HOHFWîÂÂWKHîÂÂ)0î 7 X QLQJîÂÂ6 WHSîÂÂP RGH îÂÂîÂÂ)0 îÂÂWXQ LQJî VWHSîÂÂîÂÂLQîÂÂWKH îÂÂ,QLWLDOîÂÂ6HWWLQJîÂÂ0 HQXî 1RWHî â¢ The t uning step r emains set at 50 kHz d uring Manu al tun ing. ⢠The t uning step return s to 100 kHz if t he b attery is tem pora rily disconne cted . î Setting the DAB Priority Function (DAB Priority) When a Hide-away DAB tu ner (e.g. GEX-P9 00DABII) is connected, you can set the product in this mo de so tha t the inte rrupt ion of traffic info rmation from the Hid e-away DAB tun er takes preced ence over t his produc tâ s RDS Tr affi c Announce ment (TA) func t ion. î When it i s ON During DAB rec eption, when the s elected Service Compon ent su pports Road T raffic F lashes and Transp ort Flas hes, re ception is not in terrupte d by th is prod uctâÂÂs RDS Traffi c Anno un cement ( TA). î When it i s OFF Interrupt ion is b y the first recei ved news fla sh fro m among th is prod uctâÂÂs RDS and the hide - away DAB tr affi c in form ation broad casts. îÂÂî 3UHVVîÂÂWKHîÂÂ)81&7,21îÂÂEXWWR QîÂÂDQGîÂÂV H OHFWîÂÂWKHîÂÂ'$%îÂÂ3ULRUL W\îÂÂ6HWWLQJîÂÂP RGH î îÂÂ'$%îÂÂ3ULRULW\îÂÂîÂÂLQîÂÂWKHîÂÂ,QLWLDOîÂÂ6H WWLQJîÂÂ0HQXîÂÂî 1RWHî â¢ You ca n only selec t to the DAB Priorit y Settin g mode when a se parate ly sold Hide -away DA B tu ner (e.g. GE X-P900DA BII) i s connec ted. îÂÂî 6HOHFWîÂÂWKH îÂÂGHVLUHGîÂÂWXQLQJîÂÂVWHS î ZLWKîÂÂWKHî î îÂÂî îÂÂEXWWRQ Vî îÂÂî 6ZLWFKîÂÂWKHîÂÂ'$%îÂÂ3U LRULW\îÂÂ6HWWLQJî 21 îÂÂ2 ))î ZLW K îÂÂW KH î îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂEXWWRQVîÂÂ
îÂÂî î Swit ching the A ut o PI Seek (A uto PI Se ek ) During Pr eset Sta tio n PI Seek ope ration, yo u can swi tc h the Auto PI S eek fu nction ON/ OFF. (Refer to âÂÂPI Seek Fu nctionâ on page 39.) îÂÂî 3U HVVî WKHî )81&7,21îÂÂEXWWRQî DQGî V HOHFWî WKHî $XWRî 3,î 6H H N î P R GHî îÂÂ$XWR î 3,î 6HHNîÂÂî LQî WKHîÂÂ,QLWLDOîÂÂ6HWWLQ JîÂÂ0HQXî î Setting the W arning T one (W ar ning T one) You can switc h the Warni ng T one func tion ON/ OFF. ( Refer to âÂÂWarni ng To ne â on p age 64.) îÂÂî 3U HVVî WKHî )81&7 ,21îÂÂEXWWRQî DQGî VHOHFWî WKHî : DUQLQJî 7 RQ Hî P RGHî îÂÂ: DUQLQJî 7 RQH îÂÂî LQîÂÂWKHîÂÂ,QLWLDOîÂÂ6H WWLQJîÂÂ0HQXî î Switching the AUX Mode (AUX) It is possible to use auxiliary (AUX) equipment with this p roduct. Activate the AUX mode whe n using external eq uipm ent with this produc t. îÂÂî 3U HVVîÂÂWKHîÂÂ)81&7 ,21îÂÂEX WWRQîÂÂDQGîÂÂVHOHFWîÂÂWKH îÂÂ$8;îÂÂ6H WWLQJîÂÂP R GH îÂÂîÂÂ$8;îÂÂîÂÂLQîÂÂWKH î ,QLWLDOîÂÂ6HWWLQJîÂÂ0HQXî îÂÂî 6ZLWFKî WK Hî $XWR î 3,î 6HHN î 21îÂÂ2))î ZLWKîÂÂWKHî î îÂÂî îÂÂEXWWRQVî îÂÂî 6ZLWFKîÂÂWKHîÂÂ: DUQLQJîÂÂ7 R QHîÂÂ21î 2))îÂÂZ LWKîÂÂWKHî î îÂÂî îÂÂEXWWR QVî îÂÂî 6ZLWFKîÂÂWKHîÂÂ$8;îÂÂ21îÂÂ2))îÂÂZ LWKî WK Hî î îÂÂî îÂÂEXWWRQVîÂÂ
îÂÂî ,QLWL DOîÂÂ6HWW LQJ î Swit ching the Rear S peaker Output (Rear Speaker Out) This product's rear speaker leads can be used for full-range speaker (âÂÂFull Range outputâÂÂ) or Subwoo fer (âÂÂSu b woo fer outpu tâÂÂ) connec tion. If you switch Rear Speak er Lead s etting to th e âÂÂSu b woofe r ou tputâ , yo u can connec t a re ar sp eaker le ad d irectl y to a Subwo ofer with out usi ng an a uxi li ary am p. îÂÂî 3UHVVîÂÂWKHîÂÂ)81&7,21îÂÂEXWWR QîÂÂDQGîÂÂVHOHFWîÂÂWKHîÂÂ5HDUîÂÂ6SH DNHUîÂÂ2XWSXWîÂÂP R GHîÂÂîÂÂ5HDUî 6SHDN HUîÂÂ2XWîÂÂîÂÂLQîÂÂWKHîÂÂ,QLWLDOîÂÂ6HWWLQJîÂÂ0HQXî 1RWHî â¢ When no Subwoofer is connect ed to th e re ar speaker l ea d, selec t âÂÂFu ll Ra nge outputâÂÂ. ⢠Even if you ch an ge to âÂÂSu b woofe r outpu tâÂÂ, the re i s no output un l ess you switc h th e Subw oof er Outpu t (re fe r to pa ge 59) i n the Audi o Me nu ON. î Setting the Subwoofer Contr ol (Sub woo fer control) When rear sp eaker leads are connecte d to full rang e speakers (wh en âÂÂF ull Rang e ou tputâ is sel ect ed), yo u can con nect the RCA Sub woof er outp ut to a S ubwoofe r. In t hi s case, you can select wheth er to use the Subw oofer controll er's (Low Pass Filter, Ph ase) built -in âÂÂInterna lâ or the aux iliary âÂÂE xt ernalâÂÂ. îÂÂî 3UHVVîÂÂWKHîÂÂ)81&7,21îÂÂEXWWR QîÂÂDQGîÂÂV HOH FWîÂÂWKHîÂÂ6XEZRRIH UîÂÂ&R QWUROîÂÂP R GHîÂÂîÂÂ6XE î ZRRIHUîÂÂFRQWUROîÂÂîÂÂLQîÂÂWKHîÂÂ,QLWLDOîÂÂ6H WWLQJîÂÂ0HQXî 1RWHî â¢ Whe n th e Rear Spea ker Ou tput is â Sub woo fer ou tputâ , yo u canno t ch ange the Subwoo fer Co ntrol ler. ⢠If you ch an ge the Subwoo fer Cont rol le r, Subwoofe r output an d Non-Fadi ng outp ut i n the Audio Menu return t o the fact ory setting s. ⢠Even i f you ch ange t his set ting, th ere is n o outpu t unless you switch the Non -Fadin g Output (re fer to page 60) or Subwoofe r Outp ut (refe r to page 59) in the Audi o Me nu ON. îÂÂî 6HOHFWîÂÂWKH îÂÂGH VLUHGîÂÂ5HDUîÂÂ6SHDN HUî 2X WîÂÂZL WK î WK Hî îÂÂîÂÂî î EXWWRQV î îÂÂî &KDQJHîÂÂWKHîÂÂ6XEZRR IHUî &RQWUROOHUîÂÂZLWKîÂÂWKHî î îÂÂî îÂÂEXWWRQ VîÂÂ
îÂÂî î Setting the Dimmer (Dimmer) To ena ble this product âÂÂs disp lay fro m being to o brigh t at nigh t, when th e vehi cleâÂÂs head lights are tur n ed ON the disp la y i s dimm e d. You ca n switch th is functi on ON/OFF. îÂÂî 3U HVVîÂÂWKH îÂÂ)81&7 ,21îÂÂEXWWR QîÂÂDQGîÂÂVHOHFWîÂÂWKH îÂÂ'LP P HUîÂÂP RGHîÂÂîÂÂ'LP P HUîÂÂîÂÂLQîÂÂWKHî ,QLWLDOîÂÂ6HWWLQJîÂÂ0HQXî î Selecting the Illumination Color (Illumination Color) This pr oduct i s equipped wi th two illumi nation c olo rs, green and re d. You can s el ect the desi red illumina tion co l or. îÂÂî 3U HVVîÂÂWKH îÂÂ)81&7 ,21îÂÂEX WWRQîÂÂDQGîÂÂVHOH FWîÂÂWKH îÂÂ,OO XP LQ DWLRQîÂÂ&R OR UîÂÂP RGH î îÂÂ,OOXP LQ DWLR QîÂÂ&R OR UîÂÂîÂÂLQîÂÂWKHîÂÂ,QLWLDOîÂÂ6H WWLQJîÂÂ0HQXî îÂÂî 6ZLWFKî WKH î 'LP P HUî 2 1îÂÂ2))î ZLWKî WK Hî î îÂÂî îÂÂEXWWRQVî îÂÂî 6HOHFWîÂÂWKH îÂÂGHVLUHGîÂÂLOOXP LQ DWLRQî FRORUîÂÂZLWKîÂÂWKHî î îÂÂî îÂÂEXWWRQVîÂÂ
îÂÂî ,QLWL DOîÂÂ6HWW LQJ î Selecting the W all Paper (W all Pa per) This pro duct is e qui pped wit h thre e type s of wa ll pape r. îÂÂî 3UHVVî WKHî )81& 7,21î E XWWRQî DQG î VHOHFWî WK Hî : DOOî 3DSHUî P RGHî îÂÂ: DOOî 3DSHUîÂÂî LQî WKH î ,QLWLDOîÂÂ6HWWLQJîÂÂ0HQXî î Selecting the Brightness (Brightness) You ca n select the display brightn ess. The display shows âÂÂ0 â â âÂÂ31âÂÂ. îÂÂî 3UHVVîÂÂWKHîÂÂ)81&7,21îÂÂEX WWR QîÂÂDQGîÂÂV HOHFWîÂÂWKHîÂÂ%ULJKWQH VV îÂÂP RGH îÂÂîÂÂ%ULJKWQHVVîÂÂîÂÂLQîÂÂWK H î ,QLWLDOîÂÂ6HWWLQJîÂÂ0HQXî îÂÂî 6HOHFWîÂÂWKH îÂÂGH VLUHGîÂÂ: DOOîÂÂ3DSHUî ZLWKîÂÂWKHî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂEXWWRQVî îÂÂî 6HOHFWî WKHî GHVLUHGî %ULJKWQHVVî ZLWKî WK Hî î îÂÂî îÂÂEXWWRQVîÂÂ
îÂÂî 5)3 îÂÂ$OH UWîÂÂ)XQF WLRQ In ad dition to the Rem ovable Front P anel, Pi oneer ha s inc orporated a new feat ure â 5HP RYDEOHî )URQWî 3DQHOî $OHUWô . Th is feature is d esigned to prote ct your ne w Pionee r car stereo as wel l as your v ehicle co nt ents . Acti vating the RF P Ale rt Fe atur e Pione er has d evelo ped a men u displ ay tha t allows you to s et -up you r RFP Al er t to mee t your personal n eeds. By sc rollin g throug h thi s menu it is po ssible to se lect y our ow n âÂÂEntry Delay TimeâÂÂ, âÂÂS peaker Ou tp ut Volumeâ and âÂÂDoor System TypeâÂÂ. Initially from the facto ry the RFP Alert feature is not a ctivate d. Settin g Entry Delay T ime Initially the âÂÂEntry Delay Time â is s et to 15 second s. The âÂÂEntry Delay Timeâ can be adjuste d to b e 0, 5, 15, 30, 45 or 60 s econds. îÂÂî 6HOHFWîÂÂWKHîÂÂ5)3îÂÂ$OHUWîÂÂ)HDWXUHîÂÂ21î 2))îÂÂPR GH îÂÂîÂÂ')6îÂÂ$ODUP î 5)3î $OHUWîÂÂî LQî WKHîÂÂ,QLWLDOî 6H WWLQJî 0HQXîÂÂî îÂÂ5HIHUîÂÂWRîÂÂSDJHîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî 3U HVVîÂÂWKH î î îÂÂEXWWRQîÂÂWRîÂÂVZLWFKîÂÂWKHî 5)3îÂÂ$OHUWîÂÂ)HDWXU HîÂÂ21î Press the î butt on to d eactiv ate th e RFP Alert Featu re. îÂÂî 3U HVVîÂÂWKHîÂÂ)81&7, 21îÂÂEXWWRQ îÂÂIRUî îÂÂîÂÂVHFRQGVîÂÂWRîÂÂHQWH UîÂÂWKH îÂÂ5)3îÂÂ$OHUWî 6HWWLQJîÂÂ0 HQXî îÂÂî 'HFUHDVHîÂÂRUîÂÂLQFUHDVHîÂÂWKHîÂÂó(QWU\î 'HOD\îÂÂ7 LP HôîÂÂZLWKîÂÂWKHî îÂÂîÂÂî î EXWWRQVî îÂÂî 3U HVVîÂÂWKHîÂÂ)81&7, 21îÂÂEXWWRQîÂÂWRî P RYHîÂÂWRîÂÂWKHîÂÂQH[ W îÂÂVHOHFWLRQîÂÂ
îÂÂî 5) 3îÂÂ$OH UWîÂÂ) XQFWLRQ Acti vatin g Inte rna l Spea ker ON/OF F This fe atu re allo ws yo u to se lec t wh et he r o r no t t he spea k er ou tpu t is sou nded wh en th e âÂÂR FP Alertâ is trig gered. Init ially from the factory th e speaker o utput is acti vated. Tog gling bet ween î , î butto ns al l ows you to deac tivate or act ivat e th e âÂÂS peaker Ou tp utâÂÂ. If you swi tch the speak er output OFF, yo u canno t change t he âÂÂTest ModeâÂÂ. î Speaker V olume Output Adjustment If the âÂÂSpea ker Outputâ h as been sel ected then it is possible to adjust the v olume of the spe aker output fo r when the Alert is trig gered. To adju st the volume you must engage th e âÂÂTest ModeâÂÂ. 1RWHî â¢ If the âÂÂSpeaker Outputâ is turned OFF, then this menu will not appear. îÂÂî 6HOHFWîÂÂWKHîÂÂó7 H VWîÂÂ0RGHôîÂÂZ LWKîÂÂWKHî î îÂÂEXWWR Qî îÂÂî 3U HVVîÂÂWKH î î îÂÂEXWWR QîÂÂWRîÂÂVZLWFKîÂÂWKHî ó7 HV Wî 0RG H ôîÂÂ2 1î In this mode the speak ers will sound. îÂÂî 'HFUHDVHîÂÂRUîÂÂLQFUHDVHîÂÂWKHîÂÂYROXP Hî ZLWKîÂÂWKHîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂñîÂÂEXWWRQî Display show s âÂÂ10â â âÂÂ40âÂÂ. îÂÂî $IWHUîÂÂVHWWLQJîÂÂYROXP HîÂÂîÂÂVZLWFKîÂÂWKHî ó7 HV Wî 0RG H ôîÂÂ2 )) îÂÂZL WK îÂÂWK H î î î EXWWRQî îÂÂî &DQFHOîÂÂWKHîÂÂó7 HVWîÂÂ0RGH ôîÂÂZLWKîÂÂWKHî î îÂÂEXWWR Qî îÂÂî 3U HVVîÂÂWKHîÂÂ)81&7, 21îÂÂEXWWRQîÂÂWRî P RYHîÂÂWRîÂÂWKHîÂÂQH[ W îÂÂVHOHFWLRQîÂÂ
îÂÂî Sele ct ing Door Switc hing Systems It is neces sary to sele ct the correct âÂÂD oo r System Ty peâ (Negative or Po sitive swi tching) for that of y o ur ve hicle . In iti all y, the sy stem i s set f or ve hicle s with th e gro undi ng ty pe (Nega tive switc hi ng). Select t he correct âÂÂDo or Sy stem Typ eâ of yo ur vehi cl e from below. î Door System Confirmation The door syst em confirma tion feature was i ncorporated t o ensure that the correct door syst em type has been selected. (e.g. Set to âÂÂDoor Sys tem: Positiveâ for JAGUAR vehicles.) î V ehicles to select âÂÂDoo r Syste m: Negative, Current mode: Closeâ EUROPEAN, JAPANESE, GM, CHRYSLER î V ehicles to selec t âÂÂDoor Syst em: Positive , Curren t mode: C loseâ JAGUAR, MERCEDES*, FORD, etc. * Some Mode ls Only. î 6HOH FWîÂÂó'RRUîÂÂ6\VWHP îÂÂîÂÂ1HJDWLYHôî RUîÂÂó'RRUîÂÂ6\VWHP îÂÂîÂÂ3R VLWLYHôîÂÂZ LWKî WK Hî îÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂEXWWRQVî îÂÂî )LUVWîÂÂî FO RVHî DOOî WKHî YHKLFOHîÂÂV î G RRUVîÂÂî ,IîÂÂWKHîÂÂFRUUHFWîÂÂGRRUîÂÂV\VWHP îÂÂW\SHî KDVî EHH Qî VHOHFWHGî WKHQî WKHî 'LVS OD\î ZLOOîÂÂVKRZîÂÂó&XUU HQWîÂÂP RGH îÂÂî &ORVH ôî If not, select the alt ernative do or system ty pe by pres sing the î or î butt o n. La stly , conf i rm ea ch d oor trigg ers th e Al ert by open ing a nd closin g each veh icleâ s door. îÂÂî $VîÂÂWKHîÂÂYHKLFOHîÂÂV îÂÂGRRUîÂÂLVîÂÂR SHQHG î WKHîÂÂGLVS OD\îÂÂVKRX OGîÂÂFKDQJH î DFFRUGLQJO\îÂÂîÂÂó&XUU HQWîÂÂP R GHîÂÂî &ORVH ôî ñî ó&XUUHQWî P RGH îÂÂî 2SH Q ôîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ
îÂÂî 5) 3îÂÂ$OH UWîÂÂ) XQFWLRQ 1RWHî â¢ In c ase that the b attery is d isconne cted or th e RE SET b utton is p ressed, it m ay be nec essary to repro gra m the RFP Ale rt Menu, othe rwi se th is setting ne eds to be done onl y onc e. ⢠When t he R FP Alert is a rm ed, you ca nno t disarm it by pre ssing the RESET but ton. Opera ti on of âÂÂRFP Al ert â Providin g the installa tion and sett ing o f the âÂÂRFP Alert Setti ng Menuâ ha s bee n perfo rmed correctly, opera tion of th e âÂÂR FP Alertâ is very sim ple. Arming Alert To arm yo ur Alert simp ly turn off th e igniti on and detac h the front pan el, as des cribed on page 64. After detac hing the fron t panel th e âÂÂRFP Alertâ will autom atically arm itse lf after 3 0 seconds, pro viding all of the do ors are closed. If afte r 30 seconds, a do or still remains ope n the RFP Alert will not arm until the last do or ha s been closed. Afte r closing all o f the doors, ensure that th ey are secure ly lo cked. The L ED indicato r on the head u nit will flash as a v isual deter rent. You r ve hicle i s now pr otecte d by you r âÂÂRFP Al ertâ . Disarmi ng Alert Upon ente ring your vehic le, and within the âÂÂEn try Delay T imeâ set wit h in the âÂÂRFP Alert Men uâÂÂ, att ach your Pi oneer F ront P a ne l as de scr ibed on page 64 . If you h ave fo rgotten your remo vable front panel, simply i nsert th e igni tion k ey i n the ig nitio n and turn t h e key from âÂÂO FFâ to âÂÂONâ within the âÂÂE ntry Delay TimeâÂÂ. îÂÂî 3U HVVîÂÂWKHîÂÂ%$1'îÂÂEXWWRQîÂÂDQGî FDQFHOîÂÂWKHîÂÂ5)3îÂÂ$OHUWîÂÂ6HWWLQJî 0H Q X î Settin g of th e âÂÂRFP Alertâ is now comple te.
îÂÂî Entry Detection If the âÂÂRFP Alertâ was not disarmed in ac cordance with âÂÂDisarming Al ertâÂÂ, the âÂÂRFP Al ert â will be triggered. Th e âÂÂRFP Alertâ will sound for 60 seconds and will repeat 5 times if any door is left op en or re opened . After the fifth time the âÂÂRF P Alertâ wil l reset to prev ent cont inuous soun ding and preve nt your batt ery fro m disch arg ing. 3UHFDXWLRQî â¢ Upon re turnin g to your ve hicle a nd befor e openi ng any doors, che c k to see if t he LE D indi ca tor is s ti ll flas hin g. If the LED is no l ong er flas h ing , i t in dica tes tha t th e Al ert has sounde d. Disa rm ing , as describ ed above, is sti ll necessary.
îÂÂî 2WKHU îÂÂ)XQFWL RQV Switc hing t he Ente rtainme nt Disp lay You ca n chang e th e displa y to the mo vi e screens , etc. whi l e list ening t o each source. (e.g. MOVIE SCREEN M ODE 1) î 6HOH FWîÂÂWKHîÂÂGHVLUHGîÂÂ(QWHUWDLQP HQWîÂÂ'LVSOD\ î Each pre ss of the ENTERTAINME NT butt on chan ges the display in the followin g order: LEVEL INDICATOR 3 MOVIE SCREEN MODE 1 3 MOVI E SCREEN M ODE 2 3 Display befo re enterin g the Ente rtainmen t Display Using t he PGM Butto n (Progra m Fun cti on) The PG M bu tton ca n memori ze one of t he func tions in the Func tion M enu. It is pos sibl e t o memorize a di ffere nt func tion f or eac h sour ce. î Setting th e P GM Button îÂÂî 6HOH FWîÂÂWKHîÂÂ3*0 îÂÂEXWWRQîÂÂV îÂÂVHWWLQJîÂÂP RGHîÂÂîÂÂ3URJUDPîÂÂ)XQFWLR QîÂÂîÂÂLQîÂÂWKHîÂÂ'HWDLOHGî 6HWWLQ JîÂÂ0 HQXîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ5HIHUîÂÂWRîÂÂSDJHîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî îÂÂî 6HOH FWîÂÂWKHîÂÂIXQFWLRQîÂÂ\RX îÂÂZD QWîÂÂWRîÂÂP HP RUL]H îÂÂLQîÂÂWKHîÂÂ3*0îÂÂEXWWRQî îÂÂî 0HPR UL]HîÂÂWKHîÂÂIXQFWLR QîÂÂLQîÂÂ3*0îÂÂEXWWRQî Pressing the BAND b utton ca ncels the Detailed Setting Menu. Each press changes the Display . .. Hold for 2 secon ds
îÂÂî î Using the PGM Button The PGM butto n op erat es in a d iffe rent way depe ndin g on the fun ction pr ogra mme d (m emo ri zed ). î 8V HîÂÂWKHîÂÂ3*0î EXWWRQî îÂÂî T uner îÂÂî Built-in CD Pla yer î Multi -CD Player )XQFWLRQîÂÂ1DPHîÂÂîÂÂ'LVSOD\î 3UHVV ROGîÂÂIRUîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂVHF RQGV Best Stations M emory (BSM) OFF ON Regiona l Fun ction (Re gi ona l) ON/OFF â âÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâ Loca l S eek Tu nin g ( Loca l) ON/ OF F E nter ing the Lo ca l Se ek Sensit ivit y mo de )XQFWLRQîÂÂ1DPHîÂÂîÂÂ'LVSOD\î 3UHVV ROGîÂÂIRUîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂVHF RQGV Pause (Pause) ON/OFF â âÂÂâÂÂâ â Repeat Pla y (Repe at) ON/OFF âÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâ â Rando m Play (Rando m) ON/OFF âÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâ â )XQFWLRQîÂÂ1DPHîÂÂîÂÂ'LVSOD\î 3UHVV ROGîÂÂIRUîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂVHF RQGV Pause (Pause) ON/OFF â âÂÂâÂÂâ â Repe at P la y (Re pe at) Se le c ti ng the m ode âÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâ â Rando m Play (Rando m) ON/OFF âÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâ â Disc L ist ( List) Enter the LIST m ode âÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâÂÂâ ITS (ITS) ITS Memory ON/OFF
îÂÂî 2WKHU îÂÂ)XQFWL RQV Using the AUX Source It is possible to u se auxiliary (AUX) equipment with this product. To listen to aux iliary eq u ipm ent, switch the AUX Mode in the Initia l Sett ing Menu ON, and then sel e ct the desi red source. î Selecting the AUX Source î 6HOH FWîÂÂ$8;îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂ5HIHUîÂÂWRîÂÂSDJHîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî î AUX Title Input The display title for AUX Sou rce can be changed. îÂÂî 6HOH FWîÂÂWKHîÂÂ$X [îÂÂ7LWOHîÂÂ,QSXWîÂÂP R GHîÂÂîÂÂ7LWOHîÂÂ,QSXWîÂÂ$%&îÂÂîÂÂLQîÂÂWKHîÂÂ'HWDLOHGîÂÂ6HWWLQJîÂÂ0HQXî îÂÂî ,QSX WîÂÂWKHîÂÂ$X [îÂÂ7LWOHî Refer to âÂÂDisc T itle In putâ o n page 52, and p erform p rocedu res 3 to 6 in t he same way. Cellula r T eleph one Mut ing Sound fro m this system is muted a utoma tically whe n a cal l is made or re ceived usin g a cellu lar tel e p hone conn ected to thi s prod uct. ⢠The s oun d is t urned of f , âÂÂMU TEâ is di sp layed and no au dio ad j ustme nt is possi ble. Operati on returns to norma l when the pho ne connect i on is ende d. Each press changes t he Source ... Hold for 2 second s
îÂÂî &'îÂÂ3O D\HU îÂÂDQGîÂÂ&D UH Prec aution ⢠Check al l CDs befo re play ing an d di scard cr ac ked, sc ratche d or warp ed di scs. ⢠Playb ack by this p roduct of a CD-R disc recorded on a CD record er may no t be possibl e due to chara cteristic s of th e disc, scra tches o r dirt o n the d isc, or d irt or c onden sation o n thi s prod uctâ s op tical pickup le ns . ⢠Store discs in th eir cases wh en no t in use. ⢠Keep discs out of di r ect sunl ight an d h igh temp erature s. ⢠Do not a ffix lab el s or appl y chemic als to d isc s. ⢠Conden sation m ay coll ect inside the pla yer when using th e heat er in col d weather, in terfering with play back. Turn it off for an ho ur or so a nd wipe dam p di scs with a so f t cloth. ⢠Road shocks may interrupt CD playback. ⢠Play only CDs bearing the Comp act Disc Di gi tal Audio mark. (If a CD fe atures the top right mark on its disc title side , th at disc is a CD TEXT disc. Th ere are also some CD TEXT di scs that do no t feature the to p rig ht mark .) ⢠This prod uct is designed for use with conventio nal, fully c ircul ar CDs only. Use of s haped CDs are not recom mended for th is pr od uc t. ⢠Read the preca utions with the CD-R discs before using. ⢠Wip e di rty or da mp disc s outwa rd from t he cent er wi th a soft cl o th . ⢠Avoid touch ing the reco rded (iridescen t) su rface whe n ha nd lin g dis c s .
îÂÂî &'îÂÂ3O D\H UîÂÂDQGîÂÂ& DUH Built -in CD Pl ayerâ s Error Me ssage When pr oblems occur with CD playba ck, an e rror message ap pears on t he displ ay. Refer to the table b elow to iden tify the problem , then take the sugg ested correc tive acti on. If the erro r pers is ts, co ntact your de a ler or yo ur ne a r es t PIONE E R Serv ice C en te r . 0HVVDJ H 3RVVLEOHîÂÂFDXVH 5HFRP P HQGHGîÂÂDFWLRQ ERROR - 11, 12 , 17 , 30 Dir ty dis c. Clea n the dis c. ERROR - 11, 12 , 17 , 30 Scr at che d d isc . Rep lac e th e dis c. ERR O R- 14 Unre corde d CD. Chec k th e disc. ERROR - 10, 11 , 12 , 14, 17, 30 , A0 Electrical or mechanical problem. T urn the ignition ON and OFF, or switch to a diffe rent sou rce, the n bac k to the CD play er. HEA T CD playe r ove rh eati ng. Dis co ntinu e play un til th e m a chine tempe r a tu re drops.
îÂÂî 6SHF LILFDW LRQV Genera l Powe r so u rc e . .. .. ... .. .. .. 14.4 V DC (10.8 â 1 5.1 V allowable) Grounding system ........ ......................... .......... Negati ve type Max. cu rre nt consu mpti on ..... .... ....... ..... .... ....... ..... .. .. 10.0 A Di me ns io ns (mounti ng size) .... .... 17 8 (W) 50 (H) 157 ( D) mm (fron t face) .. .... .... . .... .. 188 (W) 58 (H) 20 (D) mm Weigh t ..... ..... .... ....... ..... .... ....... ..... .. .... ..... ....... .... ..... ... 1.8 kg Audio Maxim um p ower outp ut ..... ..... ....... .... ... .... ..... ....... 45 W 4 45 W 2 ch/ 4 70 W 1 ch/2 (for Subwoofer) Continuous power output ...................................... . 27 W 4 (DIN45324, B = 14.4 V) Load impe d an ce ....... .... 4 (4 â 8 [2 for 1 ch] allow a ble ) Preout maximu m output leve l/out put im peda nce ...... ..... .. ..... .... ....... . 4.0 V/ 100 Equalize r (3- Band Parametri c Equa liz er) (Low) .......... .................. Frequency: 40/80/100/160 H z Q Factor: 0.35/0.59/0.95/1 .15 ( 6 dB when boosted) Gain: ñ12 dB (Mid) ........... .................. Frequency: 200/ 500/1k/2k H z Q Factor: 0.35/0.59/0.95/1 .15 ( 6 dB when boosted) Gain: ñ12 dB (High) .................. . Frequency: 3.15k/8k/10 k/12.5k Hz Q Factor: 0.35/0.59/0.95/1 .15 ( 6 dB when boosted) Gain: ñ12 dB Loudness contour (Low ) .... .... ....... ..... . 3.5 dB (100 Hz ), 3 dB (10 kHz) (Mid) .... ....... ......... 10 dB (100 Hz ), 6.5 dB (10 kHz) (High ) .......... ......... 11 dB ( 100 Hz), 1 1 dB (1 0 kH z) (volume: âÂÂ30 dB) HPF Frequency ............ .................................. .. 50/80/125 Hz Slope .... ................................ ...................... âÂÂ12 d B/oct. Subwoofer output Frequency ............ .................................. .. 50/80/125 Hz Slope .... ................................ ...................... âÂÂ18 d B/oct. Gain ... ..... ....... .... ... .... ..... ....... .... ..... ...... ..... ..... ... ñ12 dB Phas e .. ..... .. ..... .... ....... ..... .. ..... .... ....... ... No rma l/Re verse CD playe r Syste m ... ..... .... ......... ......... ........ Compact dis c audi o s ystem Usable dis cs ....... ......... ......... ......... ......... ......... Compact d isc Sign al f ormat ..... ...... ..... .... ... Samplin g fr equ ency : 44 .1 kH z Number of quantization bits: 16; linear Frequency characteristics ... .............. 5 â 20,000 Hz (ñ1 dB) Signal-to-noi se ratio . . ........ 95 dB (1 kHz) (IEC-A network) Dyna mic ran ge ... .... ....... .... ... .... ..... ....... .... ..... . 94 dB (1 kHz) Number of channe ls ...... .... ... .... ... .... ..... ...... ..... ..... .. 2 ( ster eo) FM tuner Frequency range ......................................... 87.5 â 108 MHz Usable sensitiv ity ........... ..... .... ... ...... ... ...... ... ...... . ....... 11 dBf (1.0 õ V/75 , mono, S/N: 3 0 dB) 50 dB qui etin g sens i tivit y . ..... ..... ...... ..... .... ....... ..... .... 16 dBf (1.7 õ V/75 , mono) Sign al- to- nois e r ati o ....... ....... ..... .... 70 dB (IEC -A netwo rk ) Disto rtio n .... ......... ......... .. .... 0 .3% ( at 65 dBf , 1 k Hz, stereo ) Frequency response ... ..................... 30 â 15,000 Hz (ñ3 dB) Stereo se par ation ... ..... .. .... ... .... ..... 40 dB (a t 65 dB f, 1 kH z) MW tuner Frequency range ........................... 531 â 1,602 kHz ( 9 kHz) Usable sensitiv ity ........... ..... .... ... ...... ... .. 18 õ V (S/ N: 20 dB) Selec t ivity ..... ..... ...... ..... .... ....... ..... .. ..... .... .... 50 dB (ñ9 k Hz) L W tuner Frequency range ............................................ 153 â 281 kHz Usable sensitiv ity ........... ..... .... ... ...... ... .. 30 õ V (S/ N: 20 dB) Selec t ivity ..... ..... ...... ..... .... ....... ..... .. ..... .... .... 50 dB (ñ9 k Hz) 1RWHî â¢ Spec ification s and the d esign ar e subj ect t o possibl e mod ifi ca t ion with out not ice du e t o improve ment s.
PIONEER ELE CTRONIC CORPORATION 1-4, MEGURO 1 -CHOME, MEGURO-KU, TOKY O 153-8654, JAP AN PIONEE R ELECT RO NICS (USA) INC . P .O. Box 1760 , Long Beach, California 90801, U .S.A. TEL: (800) 421-1404 PIONEE R ELECT RO NIC (EU ROPE) N.V . Haven 1087 Keetberglaan 1, 9120 Melsele, Belgium TEL: (0) 3/570.05.1 1 PIONEER ELECTRONI CS AUSTRALIA P TY . L TD. 178-184 Boundary Road, Braeside, Victoria 3195, Australia TEL: (03) 9586-6300 PIONEER ELECTRONICS OF CA NADA, INC. 300 Allstate Parkway , Markham , Ontario L3R 0P2, Canada TEL: (905) 479-441 1 PIONEER ELECTRONI CS DE ME XICO, S.A. de C. V . San Lorenzo Num 1009 3er piso Desp. 302 Col. Del V alle, Mexico D.F . C.P . 03100 TEL: 5-688-52-90 Publish ed by P ionee r Elec tronic Corpor ation. C opyright é 19 99 by Pio neer Electr onic Cor poratio n. All r ights re served. Printed in Belgium MAN-DEH-P8100R-GB/B France: tapez 36 15 PIONEER